Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 1-11758

 

 

LOGO

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

       

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

  

(212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer x

   Accelerated Filer  ¨

Non-Accelerated Filer ¨  

   Smaller reporting company ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of October 31, 2014, there were 1,957,403,208 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.


Table of Contents

LOGO

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

For the quarter ended September 30, 2014

 

Table of Contents    Page  

Part I—Financial Information

  

Item 1.

  Financial Statements (unaudited)      1   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013

     1   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income—Three and Nine Months Ended September  30, 2014 and 2013

     2   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2013

     3   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2013

     4   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2013

     5   
 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     7   
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     98   

Item 2.

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      99   
 

Introduction

     99   
 

Executive Summary

     100   
 

Business Segments

     108   
 

Accounting Development Updates

     126   
 

Other Matters

     128   
 

Critical Accounting Policies

     132   
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     136   

Item 3.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk      158   

Item 4.

  Controls and Procedures      175   

Financial Data Supplement (unaudited)

     176   

Part II—Other Information

  

Item 1.

  Legal Proceedings      182   

Item 2.

  Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds      186   

Item 6.

  Exhibits      186   

 

  i   LOGO


Table of Contents

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Morgan Stanley files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers (including Morgan Stanley) file electronically with the SEC. Morgan Stanley’s electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site, www.sec.gov.

Morgan Stanley’s internet site is www.morganstanley.com. You can access Morgan Stanley’s Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about/ir. Morgan Stanley makes available free of charge, on or through its Investor Relations webpage, its proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Morgan Stanley also makes available, through its Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of Morgan Stanley’s equity securities filed by its directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Morgan Stanley has a Corporate Governance webpage. You can access information about Morgan Stanley’s corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance. Morgan Stanley posts the following on its Corporate Governance webpage:

 

   

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

   

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

 

   

Charters for its Audit Committee; Operations and Technology Committee; Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee; Nominating and Governance Committee; and Risk Committee;

 

   

Corporate Governance Policies;

 

   

Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors;

 

   

Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders;

 

   

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Activities;

 

   

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

 

   

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

 

   

Code of Conduct; and

 

   

Integrity Hotline information.

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. Morgan Stanley will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on its internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on Morgan Stanley’s internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

LOGO   ii  


Table of Contents

Part I—Financial Information.

 

Item 1. Financial Statements.

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in millions, except share data)

(unaudited)

 

     September 30,
2014
    December 31,
2013
 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks ($49 and $544 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   $ 20,242     $ 16,602  

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     35,584       43,281  

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements ($149 and $117 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

     45,106       39,203  

Trading assets, at fair value ($126,689 and $151,078 were pledged to various parties at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively) ($1,122 and $2,825 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

     252,482       280,744  

Available for sale securities, at fair value

     63,547       53,430  

Securities received as collateral, at fair value

     16,694       20,508  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $863 and $866 at fair value at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

     98,994       118,130  

Securities borrowed

     140,303       129,707  

Customer and other receivables

     54,839       57,104  

Loans:

    

Held for investment (net of allowances of $141 and $156 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

     51,465       36,545  

Held for sale

     6,744       6,329  

Other investments ($488 and $561 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

     4,515       5,086  

Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $6,128 and $6,420 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively) ($194 and $201 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

     5,642       6,019  

Goodwill

     6,589       6,595  

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $1,924 and $1,703 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively) (includes $6 and $8 at fair value at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

     3,054       3,286  

Other assets ($15 and $11 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

     8,711       10,133  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 814,511     $ 832,702  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Deposits (includes $0 and $185 at fair value at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively).

   $ 124,382     $ 112,379  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $1,473 and $1,347 at fair value at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

     1,760       2,142  

Trading liabilities, at fair value ($1 and $33 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally non-recourse to the Company)

     118,896       104,521  

Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value

     22,944       24,568  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $609 and $561 at fair value at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

     83,706       145,676  

Securities loaned

     27,657       32,799  

Other secured financings (includes $4,367 and $5,206 at fair value at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively) ($380 and $543 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally non-recourse to the Company)

     12,019       14,215  

Customer and other payables

     181,899       157,125  

Other liabilities and accrued expenses ($72 and $76 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally non-recourse to the Company)

     14,880       16,672  

Long-term borrowings (includes $33,159 and $35,637 at fair value at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

     152,357       153,575  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     740,500       763,672  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 11)

    

Equity

    

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock (see Note 13)

     6,020       3,220  

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

    

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013;

    

Shares issued: 2,038,893,979 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013;

    

Shares outstanding: 1,958,386,188 and 1,944,868,751 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively

     20       20  

Additional paid-in capital

     23,922       24,570  

Retained earnings

     46,573       42,172  

Employee stock trusts

     2,127       1,718  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,115     (1,093

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value:

    

Shares outstanding: 80,507,791 and 94,025,228 at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively

     (2,502     (2,968

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

     (2,127     (1,718
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

     72,918       65,921  

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     1,093       3,109  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     74,011       69,030  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 814,511     $ 832,702  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  1   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

    Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2014     2013     2014     2013  

Revenues:

       

Investment banking

  $ 1,551     $ 1,160     $ 4,492     $ 3,687  

Trading

    2,448       2,259       7,926       7,847  

Investments

    138       728       724       1,254  

Commissions and fees

    1,124       1,079       3,478       3,463  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

    2,716       2,389       7,886       7,139  

Other

    373       231       873       762  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

    8,350       7,846       25,379       24,152  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

    1,384       1,261       3,977       3,873  

Interest expense

    827       1,151       2,845       3,377  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

    557       110       1,132       496  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

    8,907       7,956       26,511       24,648  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

       

Compensation and benefits

    4,214       3,966       12,720       12,284  

Occupancy and equipment

    350       374       1,069       1,129  

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

    437       416       1,338       1,300  

Information processing and communications

    396       404       1,231       1,322  

Marketing and business development

    160       151       472       448  

Professional services

    522       448       1,506       1,346  

Other

    608       832       1,653       2,059  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

    6,687       6,591       19,989       19,888  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    2,220       1,365       6,522       4,760  

Provision for income taxes

    463       363       1,263       1,288  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

    1,757       1,002       5,259       3,472  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

       

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

    (8     14       (11     (58

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (3     (2     (5     (26
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    (5     16       (6     (32
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 1,752     $ 1,018     $ 5,253     $ 3,440  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         222  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    59       112       156       370  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $ 1,693     $ 906     $ 5,097     $ 2,848  

Preferred stock dividends and other

    64       26       199       229  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $ 1,629     $ 880     $ 4,898     $ 2,619  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

       

Income from continuing operations

  $ 1,698     $ 890     $ 5,103     $ 2,880  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    (5     16       (6     (32
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $ 1,693     $ 906     $ 5,097     $ 2,848  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share:

       

Income from continuing operations

  $ 0.85     $ 0.45     $ 2.55     $ 1.39  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    —         0.01       (0.01 )     (0.02 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share

  $ 0.85     $ 0.46     $ 2.54     $ 1.37  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

       

Income from continuing operations

  $ 0.83     $ 0.44     $ 2.49     $ 1.36  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    —         0.01       —         (0.02 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

  $ 0.83     $ 0.45     $ 2.49     $ 1.34  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share

  $ 0.10     $ 0.05     $ 0.25     $ 0.15  

Average common shares outstanding:

       

Basic

    1,922,995,835       1,909,350,788       1,925,172,108       1,906,097,564  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    1,970,922,473       1,964,812,610       1,970,091,170       1,952,146,477  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   2  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014             2013              2014             2013      

Net income

   $ 1,752     $ 1,018      $ 5,253     $ 3,440  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

         

Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)

   $ (327   $ 125      $ (175   $ (321

Amortization of cash flow hedges(2)

     1       1        3       3  

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities(3)

     (102     33        134       (336

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments(4)

     (16     4        (10     15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (444   $ 163      $ (48   $ (639
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 1,308     $ 1,181      $ 5,205     $ 2,801  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     —         —          —         222  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     59       112        156       370  

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     (62     8        (26     (141
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,311     $ 1,061      $ 5,075     $ 2,350  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $249 million and $(124) million for the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $137 million and $176 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2) Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $1 million and $1 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $2 million and $2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(3) Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $(70) million and $23 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $92 million and $(230) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(4) Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $(8) million and $2 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $(6) million and $13 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  3   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2014     2013  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income

   $ 5,253     $ 3,440  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Income from equity method investments

     (108     (400

Compensation payable in common stock and options

     933       850  

Depreciation and amortization

     748       1,084  

Net gain on sale of available for sale securities

     (36     (43

Impairment charges

     85       182  

Provision for credit losses on lending activities

     1       116  

Other operating activities

     (167     58  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

     (5,903     (6,422

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

     39,205       (5,944

Securities borrowed

     (10,596     (17,468

Securities loaned

     (5,142     (4,042

Customer and other receivables and other assets

     2,931       6,761  

Customer and other payables and other liabilities

     23,335       21,500  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     19,136       424  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (61,935     16,724  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     7,740       16,820  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds from (payments for):

    

Premises, equipment and software

     (533     (944

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

     962       569  

Loans

     (13,974     (6,046

Purchases of available for sale securities

     (24,581     (20,497

Sales of available for sale securities

     11,212       9,052  

Maturities and redemptions of available for sale securities

     3,415       3,760  

Other investing activities

     (264     117  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

     (23,763     (13,989
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Net proceeds from (payments for):

    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

     (382     195  

Noncontrolling interests

     (189     (549

Other secured financings

     (1,725     (1,395

Deposits

     12,003       21,541  

Proceeds from:

    

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

     91       8  

Derivatives financing activities

     784       244  

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     2,782       854  

Issuance of long-term borrowings

     26,529       24,766  

Payments for:

    

Long-term borrowings

     (24,731     (31,084

Derivatives financing activities

     (384     (237

Repurchases of common stock and related employee tax withholdings

     (1,172     (451

Purchase of additional stake in Wealth Management JV

     —         (4,725

Cash dividends

     (652     (358
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     12,954       8,809  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (939     (298
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of cash and cash equivalents related to variable interest entities

     (49     (465
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,057     10,877  

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

     59,883       46,904  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

   $ 55,826     $ 57,781  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 20,242     $ 14,333  

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     35,584       43,448  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

   $ 55,826     $ 57,781  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash payments for interest were $2,116 million and $3,372 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Cash payments for income taxes were $620 million and $598 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   4  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

    Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Employee
Stock
Trusts
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
    Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Stock
Trusts
    Non-
redeemable
Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2013

  $ 3,220     $ 20     $ 24,570     $ 42,172     $ 1,718     $ (1,093   $ (2,968   $ (1,718   $ 3,109     $ 69,030  

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

    —         —         —         5,097       —         —         —         —         —         5,097  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         156       156  

Dividends

    —         —         —         (696     —         —         —         —         —         (696

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

    —         —         (627     —         409       —         1,638       (409     —         1,011  

Repurchases of common stock and related employee tax withholdings

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (1,172     —         —         (1,172

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         —         —         (22     —         —         (26     (48

Issuance of preferred stock

    2,800       —         (18     —         —         —         —         —         —         2,782  

Deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (1,606     (1,606

Other net decreases

    —         —         (3     —         —         —         —         —         (540     (543
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 2014

  $ 6,020     $ 20     $ 23,922     $ 46,573     $ 2,127     $ (1,115   $ (2,502   $ (2,127   $ 1,093     $ 74,011  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  5   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—(Continued)

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

    Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Employee
Stock
Trusts
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
    Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Stock
Trusts
    Non-
Redeemable
Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

  $ 1,508     $ 20     $ 23,426     $ 39,912     $ 2,932     $ (516   $ (2,241   $ (2,932   $ 3,319     $ 65,428   

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

    —         —         —         2,848       —         —         —         —         —         2,848   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         370       370   

Dividends

    —         —         —         (372     —         —         —         —         —         (372

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

    —         —         817       —         (1,179     —         (28     1,179       —         789   

Repurchases of common stock and related employee tax withholdings

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (451     —         —         (451

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         —         —         (498     —         —         (141     (639

Issuance of preferred stock

    862       —         (8     —         —         —         —         —         —         854   

Wealth Management JV redemption value adjustment

    —         —         —         (151     —         —         —         —         —         (151

Other net decreases

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (435     (435
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 2013

  $ 2,370     $ 20     $ 24,235     $ 42,237     $ 1,753     $ (1,014   $ (2,720   $ (1,753   $ 3,113     $ 68,241   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   6  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation.

The Company.    Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides financial advisory and capital raising services, including: advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

Wealth Management provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and engages in fixed income trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.

Investment Management provides a broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset classes and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.

Global Oil Merchanting Business, CanTerm and TransMontaigne.

On December 20, 2013, the Company and a subsidiary of Rosneft Oil Company (“Rosneft”) entered into a Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company would sell the global oil merchanting unit of its commodities division (the “global oil merchanting business”) to Rosneft. In the current environment there can be no assurance that the transaction will close, particularly in light of the existing contractual requirement that all necessary approvals be received by December 20, 2014, when the Purchase Agreement will expire. The Company continues to operate the global oil merchanting business in the ordinary course, and should the transaction not close, the Company would consider a variety of options that take into account the interests of the Company’s shareholders, clients and employees. For the foregoing reasons, the global oil merchanting business is no longer classified as held for sale.

On March 27, 2014, the Company completed the sale of Canterm Canadian Terminals Inc. (“CanTerm”), a public storage terminal operator for refined products with two distribution terminals in Canada. Due to a change in the Company’s expected level of continuing involvement with CanTerm, it is no longer considered to be a discontinued operation, and as such, the results of CanTerm are reported as a component of continuing operations within the Institutional Securities business segment for all periods presented. As a result of this change, previously disclosed earnings per diluted common share (“diluted EPS”) from discontinued operations of $0.02 per share are included in diluted EPS from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

On July 1, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its ownership stake in TransMontaigne Inc., a U.S.-based oil storage, marketing and transportation company, as well as related physical inventory and the assumption of the Company’s obligations under certain terminal storage contracts, to NGL Energy Partners LP. The gain on sale, which was included in continuing operations, was approximately $101 million for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014.

 

  7   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Discontinued Operations.    Pre-tax gain (loss) amounts for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 were not significant. Pre-tax gain (loss) amounts for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013 were $14 million and $(58) million, respectively, included in discontinued operations, primarily related to the prior sale of Saxon and a principal investment.

Prior-period amounts have been recast for discontinued operations.

Basis of Financial Information.    The condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of litigation and tax matters, allowance for credit losses and other matters that affect the condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (“2013 Form 10-K”). The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments of a normal recurring nature that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the results for the interim period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

Consolidation.    The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, including certain variable interest entities (“VIE”) (see Note 7). For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests. The portion of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as either Net income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests or Net income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The portion of shareholders’ equity of such subsidiaries that is redeemable would be presented as Redeemable noncontrolling interests outside of the equity section in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The portion of shareholders’ equity of such subsidiaries that is nonredeemable is presented as Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks and returns of the entity and have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect its economic performance, the Company consolidates those entities it controls either through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For VIEs (i.e., entities that do not meet these criteria), the Company consolidates those entities where the Company has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, except for certain VIEs that are money market funds, are investment companies or are entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies. Generally, the Company consolidates those entities when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of the entities.

For investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Company generally applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues. Where the Company has elected to measure certain eligible investments at fair value in accordance with the fair value option, net gains and losses are recorded within Investments revenues (see Note 4).

 

LOGO   8  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

The Company’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”), Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”).

Income Statement Presentation.    The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. In connection with the delivery of the various products and services to clients, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, primarily in its Institutional Securities business segment, the Company considers its trading, investment banking, commissions and fees, and interest income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity.

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies.

For a detailed discussion about the Company’s significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K.

During the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, other than the following, no updates were made to the Company’s significant accounting policies.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

For purposes of the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks, which are highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, held for investment purposes, and readily convertible to known amounts of cash.

On April 1, 2014, the Company deconsolidated approximately $1.6 billion in total assets that were related to certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company. The deconsolidation resulted in a non-cash reduction of assets of $1.3 billion. The Company had no significant non-cash activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

Goodwill.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing at July 1, 2014. The Company’s impairment testing did not indicate any goodwill impairment, as each of the Company’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

Accounting Standards Adopted.

Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date.    In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting update that requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date, as the sum of the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay and any additional amount the reporting entity expects to

 

  9   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

pay on behalf of its co-obligors. This update also requires additional disclosures about those obligations. This guidance became effective for the Company retrospectively beginning on January 1, 2014. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity.    In March 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update requiring the parent entity to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income when the parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary that is a foreign entity. When the parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity, the related cumulative translation adjustment would be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. This guidance became effective for the Company prospectively beginning on January 1, 2014. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements of an Investment Company.    In June 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update that modifies the criteria used in defining an investment company under U.S. GAAP and sets forth certain measurement and disclosure requirements. This update requires an investment company to measure noncontrolling interests in another investment company at fair value and requires an entity to disclose the fact that it is an investment company, and provide information about changes, if any, in its status as an investment company. An entity will also need to include disclosures around financial support that has been provided or is contractually required to be provided to any of its investees. This guidance became effective for the Company prospectively beginning January 1, 2014. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.    In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update providing guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a deferred tax asset from a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss, or tax credit carryforward exists. This guidance requires an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to such deferred tax asset if a settlement in such manner is expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. This guidance became effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2014. This guidance was applied prospectively to unrecognized tax benefits that existed at the effective date. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.    In January 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update providing guidance on accounting for investments in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. The Company adopted this guidance on April 1, 2014, as early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. For further information on the adoption of this guidance, see Note 17.

Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity.    In April 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update that changes the requirements and disclosure for reporting discontinued operations. The new guidance defines a discontinued operation as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. Individually significant components that have

 

LOGO   10  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

been disposed of or are held for sale that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operation require new disclosures. The Company adopted this guidance on April 1, 2014, as early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3. Wealth Management JV.

In 2009, the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) consummated the combination of each institution’s respective wealth management business. The combined businesses operated as the “Wealth Management JV”. Prior to September 2012, the Company owned 51% and Citi owned 49% of the Wealth Management JV. In September 2012, the Company purchased an additional 14% stake in the Wealth Management JV from Citi for $1.89 billion, increasing the Company’s interest from 51% to 65%. In June 2013, the Company purchased the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV for $4.725 billion, increasing the Company’s interest from 65% to 100%.

For the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014, no results were attributed to Citi since the Company owned 100% of the Wealth Management JV. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, Citi’s 35% interest was reported on the balance sheet as redeemable noncontrolling interest and the results related to its 35% interest were reported in net income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests in the condensed consolidated statement of income.

Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company was terminated. During the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, $5 billion and $14 billion, respectively, of deposits held by Citi relating to the Company’s customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At September 30, 2014, approximately $13 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015.

 

4. Fair Value Disclosures.

Fair Value Measurements.

For a description of the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K.

 

  11   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following fair value hierarchy tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at September 30, 2014.

 

     Quoted
Prices in
Active

Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
    Balance at
September 30,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

          

Trading assets:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 19,259     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 19,259  

U.S. agency securities

     976       13,788       —         —         14,764  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     20,235       13,788       —         —         34,023  

Other sovereign government obligations

     22,746       7,982       13       —         30,741  

Corporate and other debt:

          

State and municipal securities

     —         1,656       —         —         1,656  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —         1,486       81       —         1,567  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     —         1,428       57       —         1,485  

Asset-backed securities

     —         773       111       —         884  

Corporate bonds

     —         17,007       506       —         17,513  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

     —         627       1,271       —         1,898  

Loans and lending commitments

     —         6,436       7,507       —         13,943  

Other debt

     —         1,420       155       —         1,575  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     —         30,833       9,688       —         40,521  

Corporate equities(1)

     102,539       1,011       241       —         103,791  

Derivative and other contracts:

          

Interest rate contracts

     665       438,182       2,685       —         441,532  

Credit contracts

     —         30,381       1,597       —         31,978  

Foreign exchange contracts

     71       70,609       265       —         70,945  

Equity contracts

     1,209       54,189       1,353       —         56,751  

Commodity contracts

     3,133       10,101       2,177       —         15,411  

Other

     —         251       —         —         251  

Netting(2)

     (4,017     (511,875     (4,130     (61,831     (581,853
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

     1,061       91,838       3,947       (61,831     35,015  

Investments:

          

Private equity funds

     —         —         2,493       —         2,493  

Real estate funds

     —         6       1,811       —         1,817  

Hedge funds

     —         351       364       —         715  

Principal investments

     66       5       913       —         984  

Other

     202       70       393       —         665  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     268       432       5,974       —         6,674  

Physical commodities

     —         1,717       —         —         1,717  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading assets

     146,849       147,601       19,863       (61,831     252,482  

Available for sale securities

     33,367       30,180       —         —         63,547  

Securities received as collateral

     16,652       42       —         —         16,694  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —         863       —         —         863  

Intangible assets(3)

     —         —         6       —         6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 196,868     $ 178,686     $ 19,869     $ (61,831   $ 333,592  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   12  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Quoted
Prices in
Active

Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
    Balance at
September 30,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Liabilities at Fair Value

          

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   $ —       $ 1,473     $ —       $ —       $ 1,473  

Trading liabilities:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

     16,718       —         —         —         16,718  

U.S. agency securities

     1,157       83       —         —         1,240  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     17,875       83       —         —         17,958  

Other sovereign government obligations

     16,974       2,486       2       —         19,462  

Corporate and other debt:

          

State and municipal securities

     —         4       —         —         4  

Corporate bonds

     —         6,057       48       —         6,105  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

     —         1       —         —         1  

Unfunded lending commitments

     —         3       —         —         3  

Other debt

     —         251       35       —         286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     —         6,316       83       —         6,399  

Corporate equities(1)

     34,487       1,531       3       —         36,021  

Derivative and other contracts:

          

Interest rate contracts

     492       417,021       2,672       —         420,185  

Credit contracts

     —         29,330       2,279       —         31,609  

Foreign exchange contracts

     2       70,012       111       —         70,125  

Equity contracts

     920       59,026       2,541       —         62,487  

Commodity contracts

     3,023       10,887       1,010       —         14,920  

Other

     —         43       —         —         43  

Netting(2)

     (4,017     (511,875     (4,130     (40,291     (560,313
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

     420       74,444       4,483       (40,291     39,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading liabilities

     69,756       84,860       4,571       (40,291     118,896  

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

     22,880       64       —         —         22,944  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     —         456       153       —         609  

Other secured financings

     —         4,205       162       —         4,367  

Long-term borrowings

     —         31,238       1,921       —         33,159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ 92,636     $ 122,296     $ 6,807     $ (40,291   $ 181,448  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(2) For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.
(3) Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) accounted for at fair value.

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 During the Quarter and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.

In the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.

 

  13   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2013.

 

     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
    Balance at
December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

          

Trading assets:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 32,083     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 32,083  

U.S. agency securities

     1,216       17,720       —         —         18,936  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     33,299       17,720       —         —         51,019  

Other sovereign government obligations

     25,363       6,610       27       —         32,000  

Corporate and other debt:

          

State and municipal securities

     —         1,615       —         —         1,615  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —         2,029       47       —         2,076  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     —         1,534       108       —         1,642  

Asset-backed securities

     —         878       103       —         981  

Corporate bonds

     —         16,592       522       —         17,114  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

     —         802       1,468       —         2,270  

Loans and lending commitments

     —         7,483       5,129       —         12,612  

Other debt

     —         6,365       27       —         6,392  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     —         37,298       7,404       —         44,702  

Corporate equities(1)

     107,818       1,206       190       —         109,214  

Derivative and other contracts:

          

Interest rate contracts

     750       526,127       2,475       —         529,352  

Credit contracts

     —         42,258       2,088       —         44,346  

Foreign exchange contracts

     52       61,570       179       —         61,801  

Equity contracts

     1,215       51,656       1,234       —         54,105  

Commodity contracts

     2,396       8,595       2,380       —         13,371  

Other

     —         43       —         —         43  

Netting(2)

     (3,836     (606,878     (4,931     (54,906     (670,551
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

     577       83,371       3,425       (54,906     32,467  

Investments:

          

Private equity funds

     —         —         2,531       —         2,531  

Real estate funds

     —         6       1,637       —         1,643  

Hedge funds

     —         377       432       —         809  

Principal investments

     43       42       2,160       —         2,245  

Other

     202       45       538       —         785  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     245       470       7,298       —         8,013  

Physical commodities

     —         3,329       —         —         3,329  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading assets

     167,302       150,004       18,344       (54,906     280,744  

Available for sale securities

     24,412       29,018       —         —         53,430  

Securities received as collateral

     20,497       11       —         —         20,508  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —         866       —         —         866  

Intangible assets(3)

     —         —         8       —         8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 212,211     $ 179,899     $ 18,352     $ (54,906   $ 355,556  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   14  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
    Balance at
December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Liabilities at Fair Value

          

Deposits

   $ —       $ 185     $ —       $ —       $ 185  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

     —         1,346       1       —         1,347  

Trading liabilities:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

     15,963       —         —         —         15,963  

U.S. agency securities

     2,593       116       —         —         2,709  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     18,556       116       —         —         18,672  

Other sovereign government obligations

     14,717       2,473       —         —         17,190  

Corporate and other debt:

          

State and municipal securities

     —         15       —         —         15  

Corporate bonds

     —         5,033       22       —         5,055  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

     —         3       —         —         3  

Unfunded lending commitments

     —         127       2       —         129  

Other debt

     —         1,144       48       —         1,192  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     —         6,322       72       —         6,394  

Corporate equities(1)

     27,983       513       8       —         28,504  

Derivative and other contracts:

          

Interest rate contracts

     675       504,292       2,362       —         507,329  

Credit contracts

     —         40,391       2,235       —         42,626  

Foreign exchange contracts

     23       61,925       111       —         62,059  

Equity contracts

     1,033       57,797       2,065       —         60,895  

Commodity contracts

     2,637       8,749       1,500       —         12,886  

Other

     —         72       4       —         76  

Netting(2)

     (3,836     (606,878     (4,931     (36,465     (652,110
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

     532       66,348       3,346       (36,465     33,761  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading liabilities

     61,788       75,772       3,426       (36,465     104,521  

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

     24,549       19       —         —         24,568  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     —         407       154       —         561  

Other secured financings

     —         4,928       278       —         5,206  

Long-term borrowings

     —         33,750       1,887       —         35,637  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ 86,337     $ 116,407     $ 5,746     $ (36,465   $ 172,025  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(2) For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.
(3) Amount represents MSRs accounted for at fair value.

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 During the Quarter and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.

In the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis.

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarters and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Level 3 instruments

 

  15   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Company within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred into Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred into Level 3 at the beginning of the period; similarly, for assets and liabilities that were transferred out of Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred out at the beginning of the period.

 

LOGO   16  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2014.

 

    Beginning
Balance at
June 30,
2014
    Total
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net
Transfers
    Ending
Balance at
September 30,
2014
    Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3

Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding

at September 30,
2014(2)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

                 

Trading assets:

                 

Other sovereign government obligations

  $ 14     $ (1   $ —       $ (1   $ —       $ —       $ 1     $ 13     $ (1

Corporate and other debt:

                 

State and municipal securities

    4       —         —         —         —         —         (4     —         —    

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    55       11       33       (7     —         (11     —         81       11  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    47       (1     1       (3     —         —         13       57       (2

Asset-backed securities

    65       5       27       (8     —         —         22       111       5  

Corporate bonds

    510       36       99       (148     —         —         9       506       38  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    1,332       8       299       (362     —         (6     —         1,271       6  

Loans and lending commitments

    5,829       (20     2,138       (676     —         (721     957       7,507       (24

Other debt

    22       —         135       (3     —         —         1       155       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    7,864       39       2,732       (1,207     —         (738     998       9,688       34  

Corporate equities

    243       (2     30       (41     —         —         11       241       7  

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

                 

Interest rate contracts

    (109     (15     7       —         (3     (17     150       13       (22

Credit contracts

    (710     209       7       —         (64     (108     (16     (682     140  

Foreign exchange contracts

    109       (27     6       (3     —         70       (1     154       (25

Equity contracts

    (1,097     (6     56       —         (59     (105     23       (1,188     (9

Commodity contracts

    1,132       73       36       —         —         (62     (12     1,167       12  

Other

    (3     (1     —         —         —         4       —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

    (678     233       112       (3     (126     (218     144       (536     96  

Investments:

                 

Private equity funds

    2,555       60       31       (153     —         —         —         2,493       11  

Real estate funds

    1,813       67       8       (77     —         —         —         1,811       86  

Hedge funds

    371       (1     1       (23     —         —         16       364       (1

Principal investments

    883       (1     22       (23     —         —         32       913       (1

Other

    380       (3     14       —         —         —         2       393       (3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

    6,002       122       76       (276     —         —         50       5,974       92  

Intangible assets

    6       —         —         —         —         —         —         6       —    

Liabilities at Fair Value

                 

Trading liabilities:

                 

Other sovereign government obligations

  $ —       $  —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 2     $ 2     $  —    

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Corporate bonds

    14       1       (8     46       —         —         (3     48       1  

Unfunded lending commitments

    12       12       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Other debt

    42       5       —         —         —         (2     —         35       5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    68       18       (8     46       —         (2     (3     83       6  

Corporate equities

    6       (5     (12     2       —         —         2       3       (4

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    155       2       —         —         —         —         —         153       2  

Other secured financings

    135       —         —         —         4       (3     26       162       —    

Long-term borrowings

    1,779       72       —         —         136       (108     186       1,921       72  

 

(1) Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $122 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.
(2) Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at September 30, 2014.
(3) Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.

 

  17   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In the quarter ended September 30, 2014, there were no material transfers into or out of Level 3.

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014.

 

    Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2013
    Total
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net
Transfers
    Ending
Balance at
September 30,
2014
    Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3 Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding

at September 30,
2014(2)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

                 

Trading assets:

                 

Other sovereign government obligations

  $ 27     $ (1   $ 7     $ (21   $ —       $ —       $ 1     $ 13     $ (1

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    47       34       30       (9     —         (20     (1     81       29  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    108       11       22       (97     —         —         13       57       (3

Asset-backed securities

    103       (3     58       (93     —         —         46       111       (3

Corporate bonds

    522       107       185       (302     —         —         (6     506       84  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    1,468       137       716       (940     —         (109     (1     1,271       45  

Loans and lending commitments

    5,129       (202     3,962       (327     —         (1,299     244       7,507       (181

Other debt

    27       4       128       (6     —         (2     4       155       3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    7,404       88       5,101       (1,774     —         (1,430     299       9,688       (26

Corporate equities

    190       17       83       (47     —         —         (2     241       10  

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

                 

Interest rate contracts

    113       (4     8       —         (3     (61     (40     13       4  

Credit contracts

    (147     (434     52       —         (118     10       (45     (682     (475

Foreign exchange contracts

    68       (6     6       (1     —         106       (19     154       (2

Equity contracts

    (831     (19     223       (1     (273     (370     83       (1,188     (66

Commodity contracts

    880       177       200       —         —         (90     —         1,167       99  

Other

    (4     (1     —         —         —         5       —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

    79       (287     489       (2     (394     (400     (21     (536     (440

Investments:

                 

Private equity funds

    2,531       357       141       (537     —         —         1       2,493       130  

Real estate funds

    1,637       212       142       (180     —         —         —         1,811       263  

Hedge funds

    432       17       36       (44     —         —         (77     364       17  

Principal investments

    2,160       49       36       (124     —         (1,234     26       913       129  

Other

    538       (13     17       (11     —         —         (138     393       (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

    7,298       622       372       (896     —         (1,234     (188     5,974       533  

Intangible assets

    8       —         —         —         —         (2     —         6       (1

 

LOGO   18  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2013
    Total
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net
Transfers
    Ending
Balance at
September 30,
2014
    Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3 Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding

at September 30,
2014(2)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Liabilities at Fair Value

                 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $ 1     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ (1   $ —       $ —       $ —    

Trading liabilities:

                 

Other sovereign government obligations

    —         —         —         —         —         —         2       2       —    

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Corporate bonds

    22       2       (46     85       —         —         (11     48       3  

Unfunded lending commitments

    2       2       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Other debt

    48       15       —         —         —         1       1       35       5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    72       19       (46     85       —         1       (10     83       8  

Corporate equities

    8       (6     (16     2       —         —         3       3       (6

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    154       1       —         —         —         —         —         153       1  

Other secured financings

    278       (9     —         —         21       (188     42       162       (6

Long-term borrowings

    1,887       17       —         —         372       (289     (32     1,921       15  

 

(1) Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $622 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.
(2) Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at September 30, 2014.
(3) Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.

In the nine months ended September 30, 2014, there were no material transfers into or out of Level 3.

 

  19   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013.

 

    Beginning
Balance at
June 30,
2013
    Total
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net
Transfers
    Ending
Balance at
September 30,
2013
    Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3 Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding

at September 30,
2013(2)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

                 

Trading assets:

                 

Other sovereign government obligations

  $ 4     $ —       $ 2     $ (4   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 2     $ —    

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    19       (2     72       (3     —         —         4       90       (3

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    181       (2     39       (61     —         —         (7     150       5  

Asset-backed securities

    108       —         13       (23     —         —         1       99       —    

Corporate bonds

    509       43       76       (79     —         —         (12     537       36  

Collateralized debt obligations

    1,333       60       269       (206     —         (55     (21     1,380       28  

Loans and lending commitments

    5,243       (72     530       (112     —         (1,279     (212     4,098       (111

Other debt

    12       —         14       (5     —         —         —         21       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    7,405       27       1,013       (489     —         (1,334     (247     6,375       (45

Corporate equities

    256       (25     38       (20     —         —         (6     243       (3

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

                 

Interest rate contracts

    16       262       4       —         (72     11       89       310       111  

Credit contracts

    685       (259     41       —         (46     (146     435       710       (448

Foreign exchange contracts

    (96     6       —         —         —         61       (6     (35     6  

Equity contracts

    (1,284     (309     102       —         (190     39       11       (1,631     (429

Commodity contracts

    781       45       4       —         (1     23       3       855       73  

Other

    (6     —         —         —         —         5       —         (1     (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

    96       (255     151       —         (309     (7     532       208       (689

Investments:

                 

Private equity funds

    2,286       213       24       (74     —         —         —         2,449       163  

Real estate funds

    1,422       159       18       (76     —         —         —         1,523       196  

Hedge funds

    407       5       7       (17     —         —         29       431       5  

Principal investments

    2,822       84       10       (125     —         —         (453     2,338       71  

Other

    385       16       3       —         —         —         90       494       16  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

    7,322       477       62       (292     —         —         (334     7,235       451  

Intangible assets

    9       —         —         —         —         (1     —         8       —    

 

LOGO   20  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Beginning
Balance at
June 30,
2013
    Total
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net
Transfers
    Ending
Balance at
September 30,
2013
    Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3 Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding

at September 30,
2013(2)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Liabilities at Fair Value

                 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $ —       $  —       $  —       $  —       $  —       $ —       $ 3     $ 3     $  —    

Trading liabilities:

                 

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    4       —         —         —         —         —         —         4       —    

Corporate bonds

    42       (15     (64     26       —         —         (14     5       (17

Unfunded lending commitments

    8       4       —         —         —         —         —         4       4  

Other debt

    11       1       (1     —         —         —         —         9       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    65       (10     (65     26       —         —         (14     22       (13

Corporate equities

    16       (5     (19     8       —         —         —         10       (9

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    148       (2     —         —         —         —         —         150       (2

Other secured financings

    256       (5     —         —         —         (1     —         260       (5

Long-term borrowings

    2,705       (98     —         —         188       (344     (334     2,313       (89

 

(1) Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $477 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.
(2) Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at September 30, 2013.
(3) Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.

 

  21   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013.

 

    Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2012
    Total
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net
Transfers
    Ending
Balance at
September 30,
2013
    Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3

Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding

at September 30,
2013(2)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

                 

Trading assets:

                 

Other sovereign government obligations

  $ 6     $ —        $ 3     $ (8   $ —        $ —        $ 1     $ 2     $ —     

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    45       29       85       (45     —          —          (24     90       8  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    232       6       78       (166     —          —          —          150       7  

Asset-backed securities

    109       1       4       (15     —          —          —          99       —     

Corporate bonds

    660       64       327       (462     —          (12     (40     537       15  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    1,951       276       612       (1,405     —          (53     (1     1,380       118  

Loans and lending commitments

    4,694       (308     1,607       (316     —          (1,838     259       4,098       (306

Other debt

    45       (3     15       (36     —          —          —          21       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    7,736       65       2,728       (2,445     —          (1,903     194       6,375       (157

Corporate equities

    288       (36     142       (164     —          —          13       243       (4

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

                 

Interest rate contracts

    (82     237       10       —          (86     185       46       310       157  

Credit contracts

    1,822       (1,133     184       —          (278     (369     484       710       (1,187

Foreign exchange contracts

    (359     117       —          —          —          215       (8     (35     106  

Equity contracts

    (1,144     (293     123       (1     (232     (156     72       (1,631     (369

Commodity contracts

    709       90       40       —          (19     36       (1     855       124  

Other

    (7     (4     —          —          —          10       —          (1     (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

    939       (986     357       (1     (615     (79     593       208       (1,175

Investments:

                 

Private equity funds

    2,179       432       96       (258     —          —          —          2,449       409  

Real estate funds

    1,370       287       61       (195     —          —          —          1,523       402  

Hedge funds

    552       5       46       (154     —          —          (18     431       6  

Principal investments

    2,833       96       106       (286     —          —          (411     2,338       63  

Other

    486       36       3       (30     —          —          (1     494       37  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

    7,420       856       312       (923     —          —          (430     7,235       917  

Intangible assets

    7       7       —          —          —          (6     —          8       3  

 

LOGO   22  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2012
    Total
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net
Transfers
    Ending
Balance at
September 30,
2013
    Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3

Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding

at September 30,
2013(2)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Liabilities at Fair Value

                 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $ 19     $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (1   $ (15   $ 3     $ —     

Trading liabilities:

                 

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    4       —          —          —          —          —          —          4       —     

Corporate bonds

    177       (5     (154     76       —          —          (99     5       (5

Unfunded lending commitments

    46       42       —          —          —          —          —          4       42  

Other debt

    49       13       (31     2       —          —          2       9       6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    276       50       (185     78       —          —          (97     22       43  

Corporate equities

    5       (1     (19     24       —          —          (1     10       (10

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    151       1       —          —          —          —          —          150       1  

Other secured financings

    406       23       —          —          13       (136     —          260       16  

Long-term borrowings

    2,789       (87     —          —          875       (468     (970     2,313       (89

 

(1) Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $856 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.
(2) Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for nine months ended September 30, 2013 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at September 30, 2013.
(3) Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.

 

  23   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Quantitative Information about and Sensitivity of Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

The disclosures below provide information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs and their ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. The following disclosures also include qualitative information on the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant unobservable inputs.

At September 30, 2014.

 

    Balance at
September 30,
2014

(dollars in
millions)
   

Valuation
Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

  Range(1)     Averages(2)  

Assets

         

Trading assets:

         

Corporate and other debt:

                               

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  $ 81     Comparable pricing   Comparable bond price / (A)     3 to 9 points        5 points   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    57     Comparable pricing   Comparable bond price / (A)     0 to 19 points        7 points   

Asset-backed securities

    111     Comparable pricing   Comparable bond price / (A)     4 to 80 points        31 points   

Corporate bonds

    506     Comparable pricing   Comparable bond price / (A)     1 to 160 points        77 points   

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    1,271     Comparable pricing(6)   Comparable bond price / (A)     20 to 105 points        78 points   
            Correlation model   Credit correlation / (B)     53 to 58 %        53%   

Loans and lending commitments

    7,507     Corporate loan model   Credit spread / (C)     30 to 528 basis points        266 basis points   
    Margin loan model   Credit spread / (C)(D)     150 to 300 basis points        181 basis points  
      Volatility skew / (C)(D)     4 to 24 %        19%   
      Discount rate / (C)(D)     2 to 3 %        3%   
    Option model   Volatility skew / (C)     -1 to 0 %        0%   
            Comparable pricing(6)   Comparable loan price / (A)     5 to 105 points        92 points   

Other debt

    155     Comparable pricing   Comparable bond price / (A)     15 to 21 points        18 points   
            Option model(6)   At the money volatility / (A)     15 to 54 %        16%   

Corporate equities(3)

    241     Net asset value   Discount to net asset value / (C)     0 to 79 %        39%   
    Comparable pricing(6)   Comparable equity price / (A)     100 %        100%   
    Market approach   EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)     6 to 10 times        7 times   
                Price/Book ratio / (A)(D)     0 times        0 times   

Net derivative and other contracts:

         

Interest rate contracts

    13     Option model  

Interest rate volatility concentration liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

    0 to 3 times        2 times   

 

LOGO   24  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Balance at
September 30,
2014

(dollars in
millions)
   

Valuation
Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

  Range(1)     Averages(2)  
     

Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

    27 to 62 %        42% / 40%(4)   
     

Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)

    27 to 82 %        39% / 32%(4)   
     

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

    -13 to 35 %        3% / -8%(4)   
     

Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)

    46 to 86 %        69% / 64%(4)   
     

Inflation volatility / (A)(D)

    79 %        79% / 79%(4)   
     

Interest rate - Inflation correlation / (A)(D)

    -39 to -41 %        -41% / -41%(4)   

Credit contracts

    (682   Comparable pricing   Cash synthetic basis / (C)(D)     5 to 13 points        10 points   
      Comparable bond price / (C)(D)     0 to 55 points        18 points   
            Correlation model(6)   Credit correlation / (B)     49 to 78 %        61%   

Foreign exchange contracts(5)

    154     Option model  

Comparable bond price / (A)(D)

    1 to 11 points        8 points / 9 points(4)   
      Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)     -13 to 35 %        3% / -8%(4)   
     

Interest rate - Credit spread correlation / (A)(D)

    -26 to 34 %        -6% / -8%(4)   
      Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)     46 to 86 %        69% / 64%(4)   
     

Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

    27 to 62 %        42% / 40%(4)   
      Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)     27 to 82 %        39% / 32%(4)   
                Interest rate curve / (A)(D)     0 to 1 %        0% / 0%(4)   

Equity
contracts(5)

    (1,188   Option model   At the money volatility / (A)(D)     14 to 64 %        35%   
      Volatility skew / (A)(D)     -4 to 1 %        -1%   
      Equity - Equity correlation / (C)(D)     30 to 99 %        67%   
     

Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

    -60 to 10 %        -19%   
               

Equity - Interest rate correlation / (C)(D)

    -17 to 71 %        27% / 12%(4)   

Commodity contracts

    1,167     Option model   Forward power price / (C)(D)     $10 to $100 per Megawatt hour      
 
$37 per Megawatt
hour
  
 
      Commodity volatility / (A)(D)     10 to 69 %        18%   
                Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D)     28 to 100 %        88%   

Investments(3):

         

Principal investments

    913     Discounted cash flow  

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

    12%        12%   
      Exit multiple / (A)(D)     10 times        10 times   
    Discounted cash flow   Equity discount rate / (C)     25 %        25%   
    Market approach   EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)     4 to 18 times        7 times   
      Price / Earnings ratio / (A)(D)     21 to 24 times        22 times   
      Forward capacity price / (A)(D)     $5 to $7        $7   
            Comparable pricing(6)   Comparable equity price / (A)     86% to 100%        93%   

Other

    393     Discounted cash flow  

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

    11 to 13 %        11%   
      Exit multiple / (A)(D)     5 to 8 times        8 times   
    Market approach(6)   EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)     9 to 12 times        10 times   
      Price / Earnings ratio / (A)(D)     20 times        20 times   
            Comparable pricing   Comparable equity price / (A)     100%        100%   

Liabilities

                               

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 153     Discounted cash flow   Funding spread / (A)     75 to 90 basis points        86 basis points   

Other secured financings

    162     Comparable pricing   Comparable bond price / (A)     99 to 101 points        100 points   
    Discounted cash flow   Discount rate / (C)     19 %        19%   
           

Discounted cash flow(6)

  Funding spread / (A)     84 to 104 basis points        99 basis points   

 

  25   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Balance at
September 30,
2014

(dollars in
millions)
   

Valuation
Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

  Range(1)     Averages(2)  

Long-term borrowings

    1,921     Option model   At the money volatility / (C)(D)     22 to 44 %        34%   
      Volatility skew / (A)(D)     -2 to 0 %        0%   
      Equity - Equity correlation / (A)(D)     32 to 90 %        67%   
     

Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

    -85 to 30 %        -30%   
    Option model   Equity alpha / (A)     5 to 90 %        47%   
    Correlation model   Credit correlation / (B)     50 to 57 %        51%   

 

 

EBITDA—Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

(1) The ranges of significant unobservable inputs are represented in points, percentages, basis points, times or megawatt hours. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 9 points would be 9% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 528 basis points would equal 5.28%.
(2) Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are provided (see footnote 4 below). Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the fair value of the respective financial instruments except for collateralized debt and loan obligations, principal investments, other debt, long-term borrowings and derivative instruments where some or all inputs are weighted by risk.
(3) Investments in funds measured using an unadjusted net assets value (“NAV”) are excluded.
(4) The data structure of the significant unobservable inputs used in valuing Interest rate contracts, Foreign exchange contracts and certain Equity contracts may be in a multi-dimensional form, such as a curve or surface, with risk distributed across the structure. Therefore, a simple average and median, together with the range of data inputs, may be more appropriate measurements than a single point weighted average.
(5) Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).
(6) This is the predominant valuation technique for this major asset or liability class.

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in the unobservable inputs:

(A) Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.
(B) Significant changes in credit correlation may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Increasing (decreasing) correlation drives a redistribution of risk within the capital structure such that junior tranches become less (more) risky and senior tranches become more (less) risky.
(C) Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.
(D) There are no predictable relationships between the significant unobservable inputs.

At December 31, 2013.

 

    Balance at
December 31,
2013

(dollars in
millions)
   

Valuation
Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s)/

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

 

Range(1)

  Averages(2)  

Assets

         

Trading assets:

         

Corporate and other debt:

                           

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  $ 108     Comparable pricing   Comparable bond price / (A)   40 to 93 points     78 points   

Asset-backed securities

    103     Discounted cash flow   Discount rate / (C)   18%     18%   

Corporate bonds

    522     Comparable pricing   Comparable bond price / (A)   1 to 159 points     85 points   

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    1,468     Comparable pricing(6)   Comparable bond price / (A)   18 to 99 points     73 points   
            Correlation model   Credit correlation / (B)   29 to 59 %     43%   

Loans and lending commitments

    5,129     Corporate loan model   Credit spread / (C)   28 to 487 basis points     249 basis points   
    Margin loan model   Credit spread / (C)(D)   10 to 265 basis points     135 basis points  
      Volatility skew / (C)(D)   3 to 40 %     14%   
     

Comparable bond price / (A)(D)

  80 to 120 points     100 points   
    Option model   Volatility skew / (C)   -1 to 0 %     0%   
            Comparable pricing(6)   Comparable loan price / (A)   10 to 100 points     76 points   

 

LOGO   26  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Balance at
December 31,
2013

(dollars in
millions)
   

Valuation
Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s)/

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

 

Range(1)

  Averages(2)  

Corporate equities(3)

    190     Net asset value(6)   Discount to net asset value / (C)   0 to 85 %     43%   
    Comparable pricing  

Comparable equity price / (A)

  100 %     100%   
    Comparable pricing  

Comparable price / (A)

  100 %     100%   
    Market approach   EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)   5 to 9 times     6 times   
               

Price/Book ratio / (A)(D)

  0 to 1 times     1 times   

Net derivative and other contracts:

         

Interest rate contracts

    113     Option model  

Interest rate volatility concentration liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

  0 to 6 times     2 times   
     

Comparable bond price / (A)(D)

  5 to 100 points     58 points /  65 points(4)   
     

Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

  3 to 63 %     43% / 48%(4)   
      Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)   24 to 50 %     33% / 28%(4)   
      Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)   -11 to 34 %     8% / 5%(4)   
      Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)   46 to 92 %     74% / 80%(4)   
               

Inflation volatility / (A)(D)

  77 to 86 %     81% / 80%(4)   

Credit contracts

    (147   Comparable pricing   Cash synthetic basis / (C)(D)   2 to 5 points     4 points   
      Comparable bond price / (C)(D)   0 to 75 points     27 points   
            Correlation model(6)   Credit correlation / (B)   19 to 96 %     56%   

Foreign exchange contracts(5)

    68     Option model   Comparable bond price / (A)(D)   5 to 100 points     58 points / 65 points(4)   
      Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)   -11 to 34 %     8% / 5%(4)   
      Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)   46 to 92 %     74% / 80%(4)   
     

Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

  3 to 63 %     43% / 48%(4)   
      Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)   24 to 50 %     33% / 28%(4)   
               

Interest rate curve / (A)(D)

  0 to 1 %     1% / 0%(4)   

Equity contracts(5)

    (831   Option model  

At the money volatility / (A)(D)

  20 to 53 %     31%   
     

Volatility skew / (A)(D)

  -3 to 0 %     -1%   
     

Equity - Equity correlation / (C)(D)

  40 to 99 %     69%   
     

Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

  -50 to 9 %     -20%   
               

Equity - Interest rate correlation / (C)(D)

  -4 to 70 %     39% / 40%(4)   

Commodity contracts

    880     Option model   Forward power price / (C)(D)   $14 to $91 per Megawatt hour     $40 per Megawatt hour  
      Commodity volatility / (A)(D)   11 to 30 %     14%   
                Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D)   34 to 99 %     93%   

Investments(3):

         

Principal investments

    2,160     Discounted cash flow  

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

  12 %     12%   
      Exit multiple / (A)(D)   9 times     9 times   
    Discounted cash flow(6)   Capitalization rate / (C)(D)   5 to 13 %     7%   
      Equity discount rate / (C)(D)   10 to 30 %     21%   
            Market approach   EBITDA multiple / (A)   5 to 6 times     5 times   

Other

    538     Discounted cash flow  

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

  7 to 10 %     8%   
      Exit multiple / (A)(D)   7 to 9 times     9 times   
            Market approach(6)   EBITDA multiple / (A)   8 to 14 times     10 times   
Liabilities                            

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 154     Discounted cash flow   Funding spread / (A)   92 to 97 basis points     95 basis points   

Other secured financings

    278     Comparable pricing(6)   Comparable bond price / (A)   99 to 102 points     101 points   
            Discounted cash flow   Funding spread / (A)   97 basis points     97 basis points   
Long-term borrowings     1,887     Option model   At the money volatility / (C)(D)   20 to 33 %     26%   
      Volatility skew / (A)(D)   -2 to 0 %     0%   
      Equity - Equity correlation / (A)(D)   50 to 70 %     69%   
               

Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

  -60 to 0 %     -23%   

 

  27   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1) The ranges of significant unobservable inputs are represented in points, percentages, basis points, times or megawatt hours. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 93 points would be 93% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 487 basis points would equal 4.87%.
(2) Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are provided (see footnote 4 below). Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the fair value of the respective financial instruments except for long-term borrowings and derivative instruments where inputs are weighted by risk.
(3) Investments in funds measured using an unadjusted NAV are excluded.
(4) The data structure of the significant unobservable inputs used in valuing Interest rate contracts, Foreign exchange contracts and certain Equity contracts may be in a multi-dimensional form, such as a curve or surface, with risk distributed across the structure. Therefore, a simple average and median, together with the range of data inputs, may be more appropriate measurements than a single point weighted average.
(5) Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).
(6) This is the predominant valuation technique for this major asset or liability class.

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in the unobservable inputs:

(A) Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.
(B) Significant changes in credit correlation may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Increasing (decreasing) correlation drives a redistribution of risk within the capital structure such that junior tranches become less (more) risky and senior tranches become more (less) risky.
(C) Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.
(D) There are no predictable relationships between the significant unobservable inputs.

The following provides a description of significant unobservable inputs included in the September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 tables above for all major categories of assets and liabilities:

 

   

Comparable bond price—a pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond. The adjustment to yield (or spread) should account for relevant differences in the bonds such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and bond being valued in order to establish the value of the bond. Additionally, as the probability of default increases for a given bond (i.e., as the bond becomes more distressed), the valuation of that bond will increasingly reflect its expected recovery level assuming default. The decision to use price-to-price or yield/spread comparisons largely reflects trading market convention for the financial instruments in question. Price-to-price comparisons are primarily employed for residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), Other debt, interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts, Other secured financings, mortgage loans and distressed corporate bonds. Implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) is utilized predominately for non-distressed corporate bonds, loans and credit contracts.

 

   

Correlation—a pricing input where the payoff is driven by more than one underlying risk. Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movements of two variables (i.e., how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable). Credit correlation, for example, is the factor that describes the relationship between the probability of individual entities to default on obligations and the joint probability of multiple entities to default on obligations.

 

   

Credit spread—the difference in yield between different securities due to differences in credit quality. The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a credit risk-free benchmark security or reference rate, typically either U.S. Treasury or London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).

 

LOGO   28  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

Volatility skew—the measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes. The implied volatility for an option with a strike price that is above or below the current price of an underlying asset will typically deviate from the implied volatility for an option with a strike price equal to the current price of that same underlying asset.

 

   

Volatility—the measure of the variability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option (e.g., the volatility of a particular underlying equity security may be significantly different from that of a particular underlying commodity index), the tenor and the strike price of the option.

 

   

Comparable equity price—a price derived from equity raises, share buybacks and external bid levels, etc. A discount or premium may be included in the fair value estimate.

 

   

EBITDA multiple / Exit multiple—is the Enterprise Value to EBITDA ratio, where the Enterprise Value is the aggregate value of equity and debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The EBITDA multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year EBITDA, whereas the exit multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year expected EBITDA at exit. Either multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective as the effect of capital structure, taxation and depreciation/amortization is excluded.

 

   

Price / Book ratio—the ratio used to compare a stock’s market value to its book value. It is calculated by dividing the current closing price of the stock by the latest book value per share. This multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective.

 

   

Cash synthetic basis—the measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments (“cash instruments”) and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents (“synthetic instruments”). The range disclosed in the table above signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.

 

   

Interest rate curve—the term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative cash flow.

 

   

Implied weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”)—the WACC implied by the current value of equity in a discounted cash flow model. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value while the debt to equity ratio is held constant. The WACC theoretically represents the required rate of return to debt and equity investors, respectively.

 

   

Capitalization rate—the ratio between net operating income produced by an asset and its market value at the projected disposition date.

 

   

Price / Earnings ratio—the ratio used to measure a company’s equity value in relation to its earnings. It is calculated by dividing the equity value per share by the latest historical or forward-looking earnings per share. The ratio results in a standardized metric that allows comparison between companies, after also considering the effects of different leverage ratios and taxations.

 

   

Funding spread—the difference between the general collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a broad class of U.S. Treasury issuances) and the specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral, such as a municipal bond). Repurchase agreements and certain other secured financings are discounted based on collateral curves. The curves are

 

  29   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

constructed as spreads over the corresponding overnight indexed swap (“OIS”) or LIBOR curves, with the short end of the curve representing spreads over the corresponding OIS curves and the long end of the curve representing spreads over LIBOR.

 

   

Equity alpha—a parameter used in modeling of equity hybrid prices.

Fair Value of Investments That Calculate Net Asset Value.

The Company’s Investments measured at fair value were $6,674 million and $8,013 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The following table presents information solely about the Company’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds measured at fair value based on NAV at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively:

 

     At September 30, 2014      At December 31, 2013  
     Fair Value      Unfunded
Commitment
     Fair Value      Unfunded
Commitment
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Private equity funds

   $ 2,493      $ 614      $ 2,531      $ 559  

Real estate funds

     1,817        111        1,643        124  

Hedge funds(1):

           

Long-short equity hedge funds

     444        —           469        —     

Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds

     74        —           82        —     

Event-driven hedge funds

     40        —           38        —     

Multi-strategy hedge funds

     157        3        220        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,025      $ 728      $ 4,983      $ 686  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds, event-driven hedge funds, and multi-strategy hedge funds are redeemable at least on a three-month period basis primarily with a notice period of 90 days or less. At September 30, 2014, approximately 38% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 46% is redeemable every six months and 16% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds at September 30, 2014 is primarily greater than six months. At December 31, 2013, approximately 42% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 42% is redeemable every six months and 16% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds at December 31, 2013 is primarily greater than six months.

Private Equity Funds.    Amount includes several private equity funds that pursue multiple strategies including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments, and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific domestic or foreign geographic regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Instead, the nature of the investments in this category is that distributions are received through the liquidation of the underlying assets of the fund. At September 30, 2014, it was estimated that 6% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated in the next five years, another 59% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to 10 years and the remaining 35% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than 10 years.

Real Estate Funds.    Amount includes several real estate funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic domestic or foreign regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are liquidated. At September 30, 2014, it was estimated that 4% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated within the next five years, another 59% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to 10 years and the remaining 37% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than 10 years.

 

LOGO   30  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Hedge Funds.    Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up restrictions or gates. A hedge fund lock-up provision is a provision that provides that, during a certain initial period, an investor may not make a withdrawal from the fund. The purpose of a gate is to restrict the level of redemptions that an investor in a particular hedge fund can demand on any redemption date.

 

   

Long-Short Equity Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest, long or short, in equities. Equity value and growth hedge funds purchase stocks perceived to be undervalued and sell stocks perceived to be overvalued. Investments representing approximately 11% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily less than one year at September 30, 2014. Investments representing approximately 21% of the fair value of the investments in long-short equity hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for these investments subject to an exit restriction was primarily indefinite at September 30, 2014.

 

   

Fixed Income/Credit-Related Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that employ long-short, distressed or relative value strategies in order to benefit from investments in undervalued or overvalued securities that are primarily debt or credit related. Investments representing approximately 10% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily over three years at September 30, 2014.

 

   

Event-Driven Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest in event-driven situations such as mergers, hostile takeovers, reorganizations, or leveraged buyouts. This may involve the simultaneous purchase of stock in companies being acquired and the sale of stock in its acquirer, with the expectation to profit from the spread between the current market price and the ultimate purchase price of the target company. At September 30, 2014, there were no restrictions on redemptions.

 

   

Multi-strategy Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that pursue multiple strategies to realize short- and long-term gains. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to overweight or underweight different strategies to best capitalize on current investment opportunities. At September 30, 2014, investments representing approximately 27% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily over three years at September 30, 2014. Investments representing approximately 25% of the fair value of the investments in multi-strategy hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for these investments subject to an exit restriction was indefinite at September 30, 2014.

 

  31   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value Option.

The Company elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models. The following table presents net gains (losses) due to changes in fair value for items measured at fair value pursuant to the fair value option election for the quarters and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

 

     Trading
Revenues
    Interest
Income
(Expense)
    Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Net
Revenues
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Three Months Ended September 30, 2014

      

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ (2   $ 2     $ —    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(1)

     5       2       7  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3       (2     1  

Long-term borrowings(1)

     1,579       (174     1,405  

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

      

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ (4   $ 6     $ 2  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(1)

     (32     2       (30

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (2     (4     (6

Long-term borrowings(1)

     631       (520     111  

Three Months Ended September 30, 2013

      

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ 1     $ 3     $ 4  

Deposits

     14       (17     (3

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(2)

     (62     (3     (65

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (3     (2     (5

Long-term borrowings(2)

     (154     (224     (378

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013

      

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ —       $ 6     $ 6  

Deposits

     44       (50     (6

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(2)

     118       (5     113  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     2       (5     (3

Long-term borrowings(2)

     1,053       (752     301  

 

(1) Of the total gains (losses) recorded in Trading revenues for short-term and long-term borrowings for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, $215 million and $428 million, respectively, are attributable to changes in the credit quality of the Company and other credit factors, and the respective remainder is attributable to changes in foreign currency rates or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index for structured notes before the impact of related hedges.
(2) Of the total gains (losses) recorded in Trading for short-term and long-term borrowings for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, $(171) million and $(313) million, respectively, are attributable to changes in the credit quality of the Company and other credit factors, and the respective remainder is attributable to changes in foreign currency rates or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index for structured notes before the impact of related hedges.

In addition to the amounts in the above table, as discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K, all of the instruments within Trading assets or Trading liabilities are measured at fair value, either through the election of the fair value option or as required by other accounting guidance. The amounts in the above table are included within Net revenues and do not reflect gains or losses on related hedging instruments, if any.

 

LOGO   32  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company hedges the economics of market risk for short-term and long-term borrowings (i.e., risks other than that related to the credit quality of the Company) as part of its overall trading strategy and manages the market risks embedded within the issuance by the related business unit as part of the business unit’s portfolio. The gains and losses on related economic hedges are recorded in Trading revenues and largely offset the gains and losses on short-term and long-term borrowings attributable to market risk.

At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, a breakdown of the short-term and long-term borrowings measured at fair value on a recurring basis by business unit responsible for risk-managing each borrowing is shown in the table below:

 

     Short-Term and Long-Term
Borrowings
 

Business Unit

   At
September 30,
2014
     At
December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest rates

   $ 14,457      $ 15,933  

Equity

     17,292        17,945  

Credit and foreign exchange

     2,181        2,561  

Commodities

     702        545  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34,632      $ 36,984  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables present information on the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes), loans and unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected:

Gains (Losses) due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk.

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
       2014          2013         2014          2013    
     (dollars in millions)  

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

   $ 215      $ (171   $ 428      $ (313

Loans(2)

     25        35       153        150  

Unfunded lending commitments(3)

     2        6       29        221  

 

(1) The change in the fair value of short-term and long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes) includes an adjustment to reflect the change in credit quality of the Company based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads and changes in other credit factors.
(2) Instrument-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates.
(3) Gains (losses) were generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client yields and contractual yields at each respective period-end.

 

  33   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Net Difference between Contractual Principal Amount and Fair Value.

 

     Contractual Principal
Amount Exceeds Fair
Value
 
     At
September 30,
2014
    At
December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

   $ (680   $ (2,409

Loans(2)

     16,372       17,248  

Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status(2)(3)

     14,419       15,113  

 

(1) These amounts do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in the reference price or index.
(2) The majority of this difference between principal and fair value amounts emanates from the Company’s distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par.
(3) The aggregate fair value of loans that were in nonaccrual status, which includes all loans 90 or more days past due, was $1,343 million and $1,205 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The aggregate fair value of loans that were 90 or more days past due was $524 million and $655 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The tables above exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales of financial assets, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis.

Certain assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables above. These assets may include loans, other investments, premises, equipment and software costs, and intangible assets.

The following tables present, by caption on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, the fair value hierarchy for those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized a non-recurring fair value adjustment for the quarters and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014.

 

            Fair Value Measurements Using:               
     Carrying
Value at
September 30,
2014(1)
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for

Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total Gains (Losses) for the:  
               Three Months
Ended
September 30,
2014(2)
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2014(2)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Loans(3)

   $ 2,672      $  —        $ 1,996      $ 676      $ (45   $ (55

Other investments(4)

     38        —           —           38        (2     (27

Premises, equipment and software costs(5)

     —           —           —           —           (27     (43

Intangible assets(4)

     20        —           —           20        (4     (6

Other assets(5)

     —           —           —           —           —          (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,730      $ —        $ 1,996      $ 734      $ (78   $ (140
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   34  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1) Carrying values relate only to those assets that had fair value adjustments during the quarter ended September 30, 2014. These amounts do not include assets that had fair value adjustments during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, unless the assets also had a fair value adjustment during the quarter ended September 30, 2014.
(2) Fair value adjustments related to Loans and losses related to Other investments are recorded within Other revenues whereas losses related to Premises, equipment and software costs, Intangible assets and Other assets are recorded within Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of income.
(3) Non-recurring changes in the fair value of loans held for investment or held for sale were calculated using recently executed transactions; market price quotations; valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments; or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
(4) Losses were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models and methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies.
(5) Losses were determined primarily using a default recovery analysis.

There were no significant liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013.

 

            Fair Value Measurements Using:               
     Carrying
Value at
September 30,
2013(1)
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for

Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total Gains (Losses) for the:  
               Three Months
Ended
September 30,
2013(2)
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2013(2)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Loans(3)

   $ 1,507      $   —        $ 1,160      $ 347      $ (35   $ (106

Other investments(4)

     55        —           —           55        (5     (28

Premises, equipment and software costs(4)

     —           —           —           —           (17     (23

Intangible assets(4)

     —           —           —           —           —          (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,562      $ —        $ 1,160      $ 402      $ (57   $ (166
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Carrying values relate only to those assets that had fair value adjustments during the quarter ended September 30, 2013. These amounts do not include assets that had fair value adjustments during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, unless the assets also had a fair value adjustment during the quarter ended September 30, 2013.
(2) Fair value adjustments related to Loans and losses related to Other investments are recorded within Other revenues whereas losses related to Premises, equipment and software costs and Intangible assets are recorded within Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of income.
(3) Non-recurring changes in the fair value of loans held for investment or held for sale were calculated using recently executed transactions; market price quotations; valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments; or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
(4) Losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.

There were no significant liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.

The tables below present the carrying value, fair value and fair value hierarchy category of certain financial instruments that are not measured at fair value in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

  35   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The tables below exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and all non-financial assets and liabilities such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit customers.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, including Interest bearing deposits with banks, and other short-term financial instruments such as Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell; Securities borrowed; Securities sold under agreements to repurchase; Securities loaned; certain Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables arising in the ordinary course of business; certain Deposits; Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings; and Other secured financings approximate fair value because of the relatively short period of time between their origination and expected maturity.

For longer-dated Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities borrowed, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities loaned and Other secured financings, fair value is determined using a standard cash flow discounting methodology. The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks and interest rate yield curves.

For consumer and residential real estate loans and lending commitments where position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value is based on the credit risks of the borrower using a probability of default and loss given default method, discounted at the estimated external cost of funding level. The fair value of corporate loans and lending commitments is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, and market observable credit default swap spread levels along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

The fair value of long-term borrowings is generally determined based on transactional data or third-party pricing for identical or comparable instruments, when available. Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is determined based on current interest rates and credit spreads for debt instruments with similar terms and maturity.

 

LOGO   36  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

At September 30, 2014.

 

     At September 30, 2014      Fair Value Measurements Using:  
     Carrying
Value
     Fair Value      Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Financial Assets:

              

Cash and due from banks

   $ 20,242      $ 20,242      $ 20,242      $ —        $ —    

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     35,584        35,584        35,584        —          —    

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

     45,106        45,106        45,106        —          —    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     98,131        98,679        —          98,323        356  

Securities borrowed

     140,303        140,302        —          140,152        150  

Customer and other receivables(1)

     50,556         50,425         —          45,374         5,051  

Loans(2)

     58,209        58,853        —          14,456        44,397  

Financial Liabilities:

              

Deposits

   $ 124,382      $ 124,421      $ —        $ 124,421      $ —    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

     287        287        —          287        —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     83,097        83,025        —          79,403        3,622  

Securities loaned

     27,657        27,676        —          27,004        672  

Other secured financings

     7,652        7,693        —          5,576        2,117  

Customer and other payables(1)

     178,471         178,471        —          178,471        —    

Long-term borrowings

     119,198        123,885        —          123,277        608  

 

(1) Accrued interest, fees and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.
(2) Includes all loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

The fair value of the Company’s unfunded lending commitments, primarily related to corporate lending in the Institutional Securities business segment, that are not carried at fair value at September 30, 2014 was $1,009 million, of which $823 million and $186 million would be categorized in Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, respectively. The carrying value of these commitments, if fully funded, would be $85.0 billion.

 

  37   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

At December 31, 2013.

 

     At December 31, 2013      Fair Value Measurements Using:  
     Carrying
Value
     Fair Value      Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Financial Assets:

              

Cash and due from banks

   $ 16,602      $ 16,602      $ 16,602      $ —        $ —    

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     43,281        43,281        43,281        —          —    

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

     39,203        39,203        39,203        —          —    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     117,264        117,263        —          116,584        679  

Securities borrowed

     129,707        129,705        —          129,374        331  

Customer and other receivables(1)

     53,112        53,031        —          47,525        5,506  

Loans(2)

     42,874        42,765        —          11,288        31,477  

Financial Liabilities:

              

Deposits

   $ 112,194      $ 112,273      $ —        $ 112,273      $ —    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

     795        795        —          787        8  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     145,115        145,157        —          138,161        6,996  

Securities loaned

     32,799        32,826        —          31,731        1,095  

Other secured financings

     9,009        9,034        —          5,845        3,189  

Customer and other payables(1)

     154,654        154,654        —          154,654        —    

Long-term borrowings

     117,938        123,133        —          122,099        1,034  

 

(1) Accrued interest, fees and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.
(2) Includes all loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

The fair value of the Company’s unfunded lending commitments, primarily related to corporate lending in the Institutional Securities business segment, that are not carried at fair value at December 31, 2013 was $853 million, of which $669 million and $184 million would be categorized in Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, respectively. The carrying value of these commitments, if fully funded, would be $75.4 billion.

 

LOGO   38  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5. Available for Sale Securities.

The following tables present information about the Company’s available for sale securities (“AFS Securities”):

 

    At September 30, 2014  
    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Other-than-
Temporary
Impairment
    Fair
Value
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Available for sale debt securities:

         

U.S. government and agency securities:

         

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 32,297     $ 36     $ 95     $  —       $ 32,238  

U.S. agency securities(1)

    16,243       47       129       —         16,161  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    48,540       83       224       —         48,399  

Corporate and other debt:

         

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

         

Agency

    2,320       —         87       —         2,233  

Non-Agency

    1,789       5       10       —         1,784  

Auto loan asset-backed securities

    2,101       1       3       —         2,099  

Corporate bonds

    3,639       8       25       —         3,622  

Collateralized loan obligations

    1,087       —         16       —         1,071  

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(2)

    4,302       23       3       —         4,322  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    15,238       37       144       —         15,131  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale debt securities

    63,778       120       368       —         63,530  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available for sale equity securities

    15       2       —         —         17  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 63,793     $ 122     $ 368     $ —       $ 63,547  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    At December 31, 2013  
    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Other-than-
Temporary
Impairment
    Fair
Value
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Available for sale debt securities:

         

U.S. government and agency securities:

         

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 24,486     $ 51     $ 139     $ —       $ 24,398  

U.S. agency securities(1)

    15,813       26       234       —         15,605  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    40,299       77       373       —         40,003  

Corporate and other debt:

         

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

         

Agency

    2,482       —         84       —         2,398  

Non-Agency

    1,333       1       18       —         1,316  

Auto loan asset-backed securities

    2,041       2       1       —         2,042  

Corporate bonds

    3,415       3       61       —         3,357  

Collateralized loan obligations

    1,087       —         20       —         1,067  

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(2)

    3,230       12       8       —         3,234  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    13,588       18       192       —         13,414  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale debt securities

    53,887       95       565       —         53,417  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available for sale equity securities

    15       —         2       —         13  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 53,902     $ 95     $ 567     $ —       $ 53,430  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) U.S. agency securities are composed of three main categories consisting of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.
(2) FFELP—Federal Family Education Loan Program. Amounts are backed by a guarantee from the U.S. Department of Education of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest on such loans.

 

  39   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The tables below present the fair value of investments in AFS Securities that are in an unrealized loss position:

 

    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  

At September 30, 2014

  Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Available for sale debt securities:

           

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 12,448     $ 16     $ 5,897     $ 79     $ 18,345     $ 95  

U.S. agency securities

    2,278       9       4,828       120       7,106       129  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    14,726       25       10,725       199       25,451       224  

Corporate and other debt:

           

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

           

Agency

    —         —         1,933       87       1,933       87  

Non-Agency

    485       3       566       7       1,051       10  

Auto loan asset-backed securities

    1,267       3       —         —         1,267       3  

Corporate bonds

    956       5       1,276       20       2,232       25  

Collateralized loan obligations

    —         —         1,071       16       1,071       16  

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

    747       1       440       2       1,187       3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    3,455       12       5,286       132       8,741       144  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale debt securities

    18,181       37       16,011       331       34,192       368  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 18,181     $ 37     $ 16,011     $ 331     $ 34,192     $ 368  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  

At December 31, 2013

  Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Available for sale debt securities:

           

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 13,266     $ 139     $ —       $  —       $ 13,266     $ 139  

U.S. agency securities

    8,438       211       651       23       9,089       234  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    21,704       350       651       23       22,355       373  

Corporate and other debt:

           

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

           

Agency

    958       15       1,270       69       2,228       84  

Non-Agency

    841       16       86       2       927       18  

Auto loan asset-backed securities

    557       1       85       —         642       1  

Corporate bonds

    2,350       52       383       9       2,733       61  

Collateralized loan obligations

    1,067       20       —         —         1,067       20  

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

    1,388       7       76       1       1,464       8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    7,161       111       1,900       81       9,061       192  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale debt securities

    28,865       461       2,551       104       31,416       565  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available for sale equity securities

    13       2       —         —         13       2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 28,878     $ 463     $ 2,551     $ 104     $ 31,429     $ 567  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross unrealized gains and losses are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (“AOCI”).

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K, AFS Securities with a current fair value less than their amortized cost are analyzed as part of the Company’s ongoing assessment of

 

LOGO   40  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

temporary versus other-than-temporarily impaired at the individual security level. The unrealized losses reported above on available for sale debt securities are primarily due to rising long-term interest rates since those securities were purchased. While the securities in an unrealized loss position greater than twelve months have increased in 2014, the risk of credit loss is considered minimal because all of the Company’s agency securities as well as the Company’s asset-backed securities, CMBS and CLOs are highly rated and the Company’s corporate bonds are all investment grade. The Company does not intend to sell these securities and is not likely to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. The Company does not expect to experience a credit loss on these securities based on consideration of the relevant information (as discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K), including for U.S. government and agency securities, the existence of the explicit and implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. The Company believes that the debt securities with an unrealized loss position were not other-than-temporarily impaired at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. For more information, see the Other-than-temporary impairment discussion in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K.

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of available for sale debt securities by contractual maturity dates at September 30, 2014:

 

At September 30, 2014

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Annualized
Average Yield
 
     (dollars in millions)  

U.S. government and agency securities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities:

        

After 1 year through 5 years

   $ 32,297      $ 32,238        0.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     32,297        32,238     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

U.S. agency securities:

        

After 1 year through 5 years

     1,193        1,191        0.9

After 5 years through 10 years

     1,892        1,893        1.2

After 10 years

     13,158        13,077        1.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     16,243        16,161     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     48,540        48,399        0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Corporate and other debt:

        

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

        

Agency:

        

After 1 year through 5 years

     713        708        0.9

After 5 years through 10 years

     358        353        0.9

After 10 years

     1,249        1,172        1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     2,320        2,233     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Non-Agency:

        

After 10 years

     1,789        1,784        1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     1,789        1,784     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Auto loan asset-backed securities:

        

Due within 1 year

     38        38        0.7

After 1 year through 5 years

     1,994        1,992        0.8

After 5 years through 10 years

     69        69        1.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     2,101        2,099     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Corporate bonds:

        

Due within 1 year

     190        190        0.9

After 1 year through 5 years

     2,939        2,926        1.4

After 5 years through 10 years

     510        506        2.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     3,639        3,622     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  41   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

At September 30, 2014

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Annualized
Average Yield
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Collateralized loan obligations:

        

After 10 years

     1,087        1,071        1.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     1,087        1,071     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities:

        

After 1 year through 5 years

     135        136        0.7

After 5 years through 10 years

     629        630        0.8

After 10 years

     3,538        3,556        0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     4,302        4,322     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total corporate and other debt

     15,238        15,131        1.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total available for sale debt securities

   $ 63,778      $ 63,530        1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

See Note 7 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, auto loan asset-backed securities, CLO and FFELP student loan asset-backed securities.

The following table presents information pertaining to sales of AFS Securities during the quarters and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2014      2013      2014      2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Gross realized gains

   $ 20      $ 6      $ 37      $ 47  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross realized losses

   $  —        $ 1      $ 1      $ 4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

 

6. Collateralized Transactions.

The Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance the Company’s inventory positions. The Company manages credit exposure arising from such transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with counterparties that provide the Company, in the event of a counterparty default (such as bankruptcy or a counterparty’s failure to pay or perform), with the right to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under such agreement and liquidate and set off collateral held by the Company against the net amount owed by the counterparty. The Company’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed, and to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), although in certain cases, the Company may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a tri-party arrangement that enables the Company to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The Company also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral as provided under the applicable agreement to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized.

 

LOGO   42  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following tables present information about the offsetting of these instruments and related collateral amounts. For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 10.

 

     At September 30, 2014  
     Gross
Amounts(1)
     Amounts Offset
in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
    Net Amounts
Presented

in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
     Financial
Instruments Not
Offset in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(3)
    Net Exposure  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

            

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ 157,991      $ (58,997   $ 98,994      $ (93,819   $ 5,175  

Securities borrowed

     147,347        (7,044     140,303        (129,103     11,200  

Liabilities

            

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 142,703      $ (58,997   $ 83,706      $ (64,858   $ 18,848  

Securities loaned

     34,701        (7,044     27,657        (27,148     509  

 

(1) Amounts include $4.9 billion of Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, $6.2 billion of Securities borrowed, $18.7 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and $0.1 billion of Securities loaned, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.
(2) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Gross
Amounts(1)
     Amounts Offset
in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
    Net Amounts
Presented

in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements
of Financial
Condition
     Financial
Instruments Not
Offset in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(3)
    Net Exposure  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

            

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ 183,015      $ (64,885   $ 118,130      $ (106,828   $ 11,302  

Securities borrowed

     137,082        (7,375     129,707        (113,339     16,368  

Liabilities

            

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 210,561      $ (64,885   $ 145,676      $ (111,599   $ 34,077  

Securities loaned

     40,174        (7,375     32,799        (32,543     256  

 

(1)

Amounts include $11.1 billion of Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, $13.2 billion of Securities borrowed and $33.3 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.

 

  43   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 
(2) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

The Company also engages in margin lending to clients that allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities and is included within Customer and other receivables in the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition. Under these agreements and transactions, the Company either receives or provides collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activities are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Company. The Company monitors required margin levels and established credit limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary. Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and are not committed facilities. Factors considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account, and overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk. Additionally, transactions relating to concentrated or restricted positions require a review of any legal impediments to liquidation of the underlying collateral. Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. For these transactions, adherence to the Company’s collateral policies significantly limits the Company’s credit exposure in the event of a customer default. The Company may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers. At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were approximately $28.9 billion and $29.2 billion, respectively, of customer margin loans outstanding.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets (see Notes 7 and 9).

The Company pledges its trading assets to collateralize repurchase agreements and other secured financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The carrying value and classification of Trading assets by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were as follows:

 

     At
September  30,
2014
     At
December  31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Trading assets:

     

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 15,008      $ 21,589  

Other sovereign government obligations

     5,344        5,748  

Corporate and other debt

     6,124        7,388  

Corporate equities

     7,785        8,713  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34,261      $ 43,438  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   44  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities-for-securities transactions in which the Company is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the Company reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the total fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $537 billion and $533 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $437 billion and $381 billion, respectively.

At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements were as follows:

 

     At
September  30,
2014
     At
December  31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   $ 45,106      $ 39,203  

Securities(1)

     12,502        15,586  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 57,608      $ 54,789  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements are sourced from Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

7. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities.

The Company is involved with various special purpose entities (“SPE”) in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.

The Company applies accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Except for certain asset management entities, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that both (1) has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and (2) has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.

The Company’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Company’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

 

   

Interests purchased in connection with market-making activities, securities held in its AFS Securities portfolio and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities, including re-securitization transactions.

 

   

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

 

   

Servicing of residential and commercial mortgage loans held by VIEs.

 

   

Loans made to and investments in VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

 

  45   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

 

   

Structuring of credit-linked notes (“CLN”) or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

 

   

Other structured transactions designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Company and by other parties, and the variable interests owned by the Company and other parties.

The power to make the most significant economic decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The Company considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most significant economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or CDOs. As a result, the Company does not consolidate securitizations or CDOs for which it does not act as the servicer or collateral manager unless it holds certain other rights to replace the servicer or collateral manager or to require the liquidation of the entity. If the Company serves as servicer or collateral manager, or has certain other rights described in the previous sentence, the Company analyzes the interests in the VIE that it holds and consolidates only those VIEs for which it holds a potentially significant interest of the VIE.

The structure of securitization vehicles and CDOs is driven by several parties, including loan seller(s) in securitization transactions, the collateral manager in a CDO, one or more rating agencies, a financial guarantor in some transactions and the underwriter(s) of the transactions, who serve to reflect specific investor demand. In addition, subordinate investors, such as the “B-piece” buyer (i.e., investors in most subordinated bond classes) in commercial mortgage-backed securitizations or equity investors in CDOs, can influence whether specific loans are excluded from a CMBS transaction or investment criteria in a CDO.

For many transactions, such as re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the Company focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. Based upon factors, which include an analysis of the nature of the assets, including whether the assets were issued in a transaction sponsored by the Company and the extent of the information available to the Company and to investors, the number, nature and involvement of investors, other rights held by the Company and investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of the continuing involvement by the Company, including the amount and type of interests owned by the Company and by other investors, the Company concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the Company and the initial investors. The Company focused its control decision on any right held by the Company or investors related to the termination of the VIE. Most re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes have no such termination rights.

Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings and managed real estate partnerships in the tables below, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets and the liabilities of the entities as Other secured financings in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. For consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Premises, equipment and software costs, and Other assets in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. For consolidated VIEs included in managed real estate partnerships, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings.

 

LOGO   46  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Company either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

As part of the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company (see Note 11).

The following tables present information at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 about VIEs that the Company consolidates. Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented after intercompany eliminations and include assets financed on a non-recourse basis:

 

     At September 30, 2014  
     Mortgage  and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
     Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships(1)
     Other
Structured
Financings
     Other  
     (dollars in millions)  

VIE assets

   $ 610      $ 282      $ 950      $ 1,306  

VIE liabilities

   $ 367      $ 4      $ 82      $ —    

 

(1) On April 1, 2014, the Company deconsolidated approximately $1.6 billion in total assets that were related to certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company.

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
     Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships
     Other
Structured
Financings
     Other  
     (dollars in millions)  

VIE assets

   $ 643      $ 2,313      $ 1,202      $ 1,294  

VIE liabilities

   $ 368      $ 42      $ 67      $ 175  

In general, the Company’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE’s assets recognized in its financial statements, net of losses absorbed by third-party holders of the VIE’s liabilities. At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, managed real estate partnerships reflected nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements of $236 million and $1,771 million, respectively. The Company also had additional maximum exposure to losses of approximately $124 million and $101 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. This additional exposure relates primarily to certain derivatives (e.g., instead of purchasing senior securities, the Company has sold credit protection to synthetic CDOs through credit derivatives that are typically related to the most senior tranche of the CDO) and commitments, guarantees and other forms of involvement.

 

  47   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following tables present information about certain non-consolidated VIEs in which the Company had variable interests at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The tables include all VIEs in which the Company has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or meets certain other criteria. Most of the VIEs included in the tables below are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Company’s involvement generally is the result of the Company’s secondary market-making activities and securities held in its AFS Securities portfolio (see Note 5):

 

     At September 30, 2014  
     Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
     Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
     Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
     Other
Structured
Financings
     Other  
     (dollars in millions)  

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ 202,115      $ 30,386      $ 3,319      $ 1,777      $ 16,779  

Maximum exposure to loss:

              

Debt and equity interests(2)

   $ 16,349      $ 3,084      $ 21      $ 1,116      $ 5,101  

Derivative and other contracts

     45        2        2,125        —          149  

Commitments, guarantees and other

     1,008        1,111        —          622        494  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

   $ 17,402      $ 4,197      $ 2,146      $ 1,738      $ 5,744  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

              

Debt and equity interests(2)

   $ 16,349      $ 3,084      $ 21      $ 702      $ 5,101  

Derivative and other contracts

     45        2        5        —          65  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

   $ 16,394      $ 3,086      $ 26      $ 702      $ 5,166  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

              

Derivative and other contracts

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 49  

Commitments, guarantees and other

     —          —          —          6        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 6      $ 49  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $17.1 billion of residential mortgages; $89.4 billion of commercial mortgages; $28.8 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $66.8 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.
(2) Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $0.9 billion of residential mortgages; $2.4 billion of commercial mortgages; $4.9 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $8.1 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

 

LOGO   48  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
     Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
     Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
     Other
Structured
Financings
     Other  
     (dollars in millions)  

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ 177,153      $ 29,513      $ 3,079      $ 1,874      $ 10,119  

Maximum exposure to loss:

              

Debt and equity interests(2)

   $ 13,514      $ 2,498      $ 31      $ 1,142      $ 3,693  

Derivative and other contracts

     15        23        1,935        —          146  

Commitments, guarantees and other

     —          272        —          649        527  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

   $ 13,529      $ 2,793      $ 1,966      $ 1,791      $ 4,366  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

              

Debt and equity interests(2)

   $ 13,514      $ 2,498      $ 31      $ 731      $ 3,693  

Derivative and other contracts

     15        3        4        —          53  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

   $ 13,529      $ 2,501      $ 35      $ 731      $ 3,746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

              

Derivative and other contracts

   $ —        $ 2      $ —        $ —        $ 57  

Commitments, guarantees and other

     —          —          —          7        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

   $ —        $ 2      $ —        $ 7      $ 57  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $16.9 billion of residential mortgages; $78.4 billion of commercial mortgages; $31.5 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $50.4 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.
(2) Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.3 billion of residential mortgages; $2.0 billion of commercial mortgages; $5.3 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $4.9 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the variable interests held by the Company. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Company’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Company. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value writedowns already recorded by the Company.

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks associated with the Company’s variable interests. In addition, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss is not reduced by the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

Securitization transactions generally involve VIEs. Primarily as a result of its secondary market-making activities, the Company owned additional securities issued by securitization SPEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds. These additional securities totaled $11.5 billion at September 30, 2014. These securities were either retained in connection with transfers of assets by the Company, acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities or held in the Company’s AFS Securities portfolio

 

  49   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(see Note 5). Securities issued by securitization SPEs consisted of $0.9 billion of securities backed primarily by residential mortgage loans, $8.1 billion of securities backed by U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, $1.0 billion of securities backed by commercial mortgage loans, $0.5 billion of securities backed by CDOs or CLOs and $1.0 billion backed by other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans. The Company’s primary risk exposure is to the securities issued by the SPE owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These securities generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt or AFS Securities and are measured at fair value (see Note 4). The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the securities owned.

The Company’s transactions with VIEs primarily include securitizations, municipal tender option bond trusts, credit protection purchased through CLNs, other structured financings, collateralized loan and debt obligations, equity-linked notes, managed real estate partnerships and asset management investment funds. The Company’s continuing involvement in VIEs that it does not consolidate can include ownership of retained interests in Company-sponsored transactions, interests purchased in the secondary market (both for Company-sponsored transactions and transactions sponsored by third parties), derivatives with securitization SPEs (primarily interest rate derivatives in commercial mortgage and residential mortgage securitizations and credit derivatives in which the Company has purchased protection in synthetic CDOs), and as servicer in residential mortgage securitizations in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage securitizations in Europe. Such activities are further described in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K.

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement.

The following tables present information at September 30, 2014 regarding transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment:

 

     At September 30, 2014  
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
     Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
     U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
     Credit-
Linked
Notes  and

Other
 
     (dollars in millions)  

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ 26,172      $ 54,534      $ 19,538      $ 10,999  

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ 11      $ 86      $ 890      $ —    

Non-investment grade

     70        74        —          1,142  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $ 81      $ 160      $ 890      $ 1,142  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ 11      $ 110      $ 54      $ 351  

Non-investment grade

     21        42        —          42  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $ 32      $ 152      $ 54      $ 393  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $ —        $ 557      $ —        $ 95  

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 102  

 

(1) Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

 

LOGO   50  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     At September 30, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $  —        $ 984      $ 3      $ 987  

Non-investment grade

     —          120        1,166        1,286  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $ —        $ 1,104      $ 1,169      $ 2,273  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ —        $ 525      $ 1      $ 526  

Non-investment grade

     —          83        22        105  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $ —        $ 608      $ 23      $ 631  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $ —        $ 564      $ 88      $ 652  

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

   $ —        $ 97      $ 5      $ 102  

The following tables present information at December 31, 2013 regarding transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment:

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
     Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
     U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
     Credit-
Linked
Notes  and

Other
 
     (dollars in millions)  

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ 29,723      $ 60,698      $ 19,155      $ 11,736  

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ 1      $ 102      $ 524      $ —    

Non-investment grade

     136        95        —          1,319  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $ 137      $ 197      $ 524      $ 1,319  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ 14      $ 170      $ 21      $ 350  

Non-investment grade

     41        97        —          68  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $ 55      $ 267      $ 21      $ 418  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $ 1      $ 672      $ —        $ 121  

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

   $ —        $ 1      $ —        $ 120  

 

(1) Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

 

  51   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $  —        $ 626      $ 1      $ 627  

Non-investment grade

     —          164        1,386        1,550  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $ —        $ 790      $ 1,387      $ 2,177  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ —        $ 547      $ 8      $ 555  

Non-investment grade

     —          182        24        206  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $ —        $ 729      $ 32      $ 761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $ —        $ 615      $ 179      $ 794  

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

   $ —        $ 110      $ 11      $ 121  

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles. Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

Net gains on sale of assets in securitization transactions at the time of the sale were not material in the quarters and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company received proceeds from new securitization transactions of $17.3 billion and $18.8 billion, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company received proceeds from cash flows from retained interests in securitization transactions of $2.2 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively.

The Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company (see Note 11).

In addition, in connection with its underwriting of CLO transactions for unaffiliated sponsors, in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company sold to those SPEs, corporate loans with an unpaid principal balance of $1.6 billion and $ 1.7 billion, respectively.

Failed Sales.

In order to be treated as a sale of assets for accounting purposes, a transaction must meet all of the criteria stipulated in the accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets. If the transfer fails to meet these criteria, that transfer of financial assets is treated as a failed sale. In such cases, the Company continues to recognize the assets in Trading assets, and the Company recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 9).

The assets transferred in many transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Company has the right to remove assets or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

 

LOGO   52  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents information about the carrying value (equal to fair value) of assets and liabilities resulting from transfers of financial assets treated by the Company as secured financings:

 

     At September 30, 2014      At December 31, 2013  
     Carrying Value of      Carrying Value of  
     Assets      Liabilities      Assets      Liabilities  
     (dollars in millions)  

Credit-linked notes

   $ 47      $ 38      $ 48      $ 41  

Equity-linked transactions

     29        27        40        35  

Other

     181        181        157        156  

Mortgage Servicing Activities.

The Company services residential mortgage loans in the U.S. owned by SPEs sponsored by the Company. The Company generally holds retained interests in Company-sponsored SPEs. As of the quarter ended March 31, 2014, the Company no longer services residential and commercial mortgage loans in Europe.

The Company provides no credit support as part of its servicing activities. The Company is required to make servicing advances to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed. Reimbursement of servicing advances is a senior obligation of the SPE, senior to the most senior beneficial interests outstanding. Outstanding advances are included in Other assets and are recorded at cost, net of allowances. There were no allowances at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Advances at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 totaled approximately $11 million and $110 million, respectively.

The following tables present information about the Company’s mortgage servicing activities for SPEs to which the Company transferred loans at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

    At September 30, 2014  
    Residential
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
    Residential
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
    Commercial
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $  —       $ 457     $  —    

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $ —       $ 26     $ —    

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

    —         5.8     —    

Credit losses

  $ —       $ 2     $ —    

 

(1) Amounts include loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

 

    At December 31, 2013  
    Residential
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
    Residential
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
    Commercial
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $ 785     $ 775     $ 4,114  

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $ 66     $ 44     $ —    

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

    8.5     5.6     —    

Credit losses

  $ 1     $ 17     $ —    

 

(1) Amounts include loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

 

  53   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

8. Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses.

Loans.

The Company’s loans held for investment are recorded at amortized cost, and its loans held for sale are recorded at lower of cost or fair value in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company’s outstanding loans at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 included the following:

 

     September 30, 2014     December 31, 2013  

Loans by Product Type

   Loans Held
For
Investment
    Loans Held
For Sale
     Total Loans     Loans Held
For
Investment
    Loans Held
For Sale
     Total Loans  
     (dollars in millions)  

Corporate loans

   $ 18,589     $ 5,997      $ 24,586     $ 13,263     $ 6,168      $ 19,431  

Consumer loans

     15,389       —          15,389       11,577       —          11,577  

Residential real estate loans

     14,198       106        14,304       10,006       112        10,118  

Wholesale real estate loans

     3,430       641        4,071       1,855       49        1,904  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans, gross of allowance for loan losses

     51,606       6,744        58,350       36,701       6,329        43,030  

Allowance for loan losses

     (141     —          (141     (156     —          (156
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses(1)(2)

   $ 51,465     $ 6,744      $ 58,209     $ 36,545     $ 6,329      $ 42,874  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include loans that are made to non-U.S. borrowers of $6,208 million and $4,729 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
(2) See Note 11 for further information related to unfunded lending commitments.

The above table does not include loans and lending commitments held at fair value that were recorded as Trading assets of $13,943 million and $12,612 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. At September 30, 2014, loans and lending commitments held at fair value that were recorded as Trading assets consisted of $9,398 million of Corporate loans, $1,537 million of Residential real estate loans and $3,008 million of Wholesale real estate loans. At December 31, 2013, loans and lending commitments held at fair value that were recorded as Trading assets consisted of $9,774 million of Corporate loans, $1,434 million of Residential real estate loans and $1,404 million of Wholesale real estate loans. See Note 4 for further information regarding loans and lending commitments held at fair value that are recorded as Trading assets in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of financial condition.

Credit Quality.

The Company’s Credit Risk Management department evaluates new obligors before credit transactions are initially approved, and at least annually thereafter for corporate and wholesale real estate loans. For corporate loans, credit evaluations typically involve the evaluation of financial statements, assessment of leverage, liquidity, capital strength, asset composition and quality, market capitalization and access to capital markets, cash flow projections and debt service requirements, and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable. Credit Risk Management will also evaluate strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect the obligor’s risk profile. For wholesale real estate loans, the credit evaluation is focused on property and transaction metrics including property type, loan-to-value ratio, occupancy levels, debt service ratio, prevailing capitalization rates, and market dynamics. For residential real estate and consumer loans, the initial credit evaluation typically includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income, net worth,

 

LOGO   54  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

liquidity, collateral, loan-to-value ratio, and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estate loans is performed at the portfolio level. Consumer loan collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

For a description of the Company’s loan portfolio and credit quality indicators utilized in its credit monitoring process, see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K.

The following tables present credit quality indicators for the Company’s loans held for investment, gross of allowance for loan losses, by product type, at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 

     September 30, 2014  

Loans by Credit Quality Indicators

   Corporate      Consumer      Residential
Real  Estate
     Wholesale
Real  Estate
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Pass

   $ 17,923      $ 15,389      $ 14,154      $ 3,430      $ 50,896  

Special Mention

     567        —          —          —          567  

Substandard

     90        —          44        —          134  

Doubtful

     9        —          —          —          9  

Loss

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 18,589      $ 15,389      $ 14,198      $ 3,430      $ 51,606  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2013  

Loans by Credit Quality Indicators

   Corporate      Consumer      Residential
Real  Estate
     Wholesale
Real  Estate
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Pass

   $ 12,893      $ 11,577      $ 9,992      $ 1,829      $ 36,291  

Special Mention

     189        —          —          16        205  

Substandard

     174        —          14        —          188  

Doubtful

     7        —          —          10        17  

Loss

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 13,263      $ 11,577      $ 10,006      $ 1,855      $ 36,701  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses and Impaired Loans.

The allowance for loan losses estimates probable losses related to loans specifically identified for impairment in addition to the probable losses inherent in the held for investment loan portfolio.

There are two components of the allowance for loan losses: the inherent allowance component and the specific allowance component.

The inherent allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and includes non-homogeneous loans that have not been identified as impaired and portfolios of smaller balance homogeneous loans. The Company maintains methodologies by loan product for calculating an allowance for loan losses that estimates the inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level reasonable to ensure that it can adequately absorb the estimated probable losses inherent in the portfolio.

 

  55   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The specific allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate probable losses for non-homogeneous exposures, including loans modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”), which have been specifically identified for impairment analysis by the Company and determined to be impaired. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company’s TDRs were not significant. For further information on allowance for loan losses, see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K.

The tables below provide details on impaired loans, past due loans and allowances for the Company’s held for investment loans:

 

     September 30, 2014  

Loans by Product Type

   Corporate      Consumer      Residential
Real  Estate
     Wholesale
Real  Estate
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Impaired loans with allowance

   $ 5      $  —        $  —        $  —        $ 5  

Impaired loans without allowance(1)

     9        —          29        —          38  

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance

     14        —          29        —          43  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

     7        —          35        —          42  

 

     December 31, 2013  

Loans by Product Type

   Corporate      Consumer      Residential
Real  Estate
     Wholesale
Real  Estate
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Impaired loans with allowance

   $ 63      $  —        $  —        $ 10      $ 73  

Impaired loans without allowance(1)

     6        —          11        —          17  

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance

     69        —          11        10        90  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

     7        —          11        10        28  

 

     September 30, 2014  

Loans by Region

   Americas      EMEA      Asia-Pacific      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Impaired loans

   $ 43      $  —        $  —        $ 43  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

     42        —          —          42  

Allowance for loan losses

     112        23        6        141  

 

     December 31, 2013  

Loans by Region

   Americas      EMEA      Asia-Pacific      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Impaired loans

   $ 90      $  —        $  —        $ 90  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

     28        —          —          28  

Allowance for loan losses

     123        28        5        156  

 

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa.
(1) At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, no allowance was outstanding for these loans as the fair value of the collateral held exceeded or equaled the carrying value.

 

LOGO   56  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes information about the allowance for loan losses, loans by impairment methodology, the allowance for lending-related commitments and lending-related commitments by impairment methodology.

 

     Corporate     Consumer      Residential
Real Estate
     Wholesale
Real Estate
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Allowance for loan losses:

            

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 137     $ 1      $ 4      $ 14     $ 156  

Gross charge-offs

     —          —           —           (3     (3

Gross recoveries

     —          —           —           1       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     —          —           —           (2     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (release) for loan losses(1)

     (20     1        3        3       (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

   $ 117     $ 2      $ 7      $ 15     $ 141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology:

            

Inherent

   $ 115     $ 2      $ 7      $ 15     $ 139  

Specific

     2       —           —           —          2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at
September 30, 2014

   $ 117     $ 2      $ 7      $ 15     $ 141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans evaluated by impairment methodology(2):

            

Inherent

   $ 18,575     $ 15,389      $ 14,169      $ 3,430     $ 51,563  

Specific

     14       —           29        —          43  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans evaluated at September 30, 2014

   $ 18,589     $ 15,389      $ 14,198      $ 3,430     $ 51,606  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments:

            

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 125     $ —         $ —         $ 2     $ 127  

Provision for lending-related commitments(3)

     14       —           —           —          14  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

   $ 139     $ —         $ —         $ 2     $ 141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments by impairment methodology:

            

Inherent

   $ 139     $ —         $ —         $ 2     $ 141  

Specific

     —          —           —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending-related commitments at September 30, 2014

   $ 139     $ —         $ —         $ 2     $ 141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lending-related commitments evaluated by impairment methodology(2):

            

Inherent

   $ 63,702     $ 4,354      $ 269      $ 288     $ 68,613  

Specific

     53       —           —           —          53  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lending-related commitments evaluated at September 30, 2014

   $ 63,755     $ 4,354      $ 269      $ 288     $ 68,666  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company recorded a provision of $2 million for loan losses within Other revenues for the quarter ended September 30, 2014.
(2) Balances are gross of the allowance for loan losses.
(3) The Company recorded a provision release of $16 million for lending-related commitments within Other non-interest expenses for the quarter ended September 30, 2014.

 

  57   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Corporate     Consumer     Residential
Real Estate
    Wholesale
Real Estate
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Allowance for loan losses:

          

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 96     $ 3     $ 5     $ 2     $ 106  

Gross charge-offs

     (12     —          (1     (2     (15

Gross recoveries

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (12     —          (1     (2     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (release) for loan losses(1)

     64       (2     —          13       75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2013

   $ 148     $ 1     $ 4     $ 13     $ 166  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology:

          

Inherent

   $ 129     $ 1     $ 4     $ 9     $ 143  

Specific

     19       —          —          4       23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2013

   $ 148     $ 1     $ 4     $ 13     $ 166  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans evaluated by impairment methodology(2):

          

Inherent

   $ 11,826     $ 10,299     $ 8,776     $ 2,092     $ 32,993  

Specific

     127       —          8       10       145  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loan evaluated at September 30, 2013

   $ 11,953     $ 10,299     $ 8,784     $ 2,102     $ 33,138  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments:

          

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 90     $ —        $ —        $ 1     $ 91  

Provision for lending-related commitments(3)

     41       —          —          —          41  

Other

     (10     —          —          —          (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2013

   $ 121     $ —        $ —        $ 1     $ 122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments by impairment methodology:

          

Inherent

   $ 121     $ —        $ —        $ 1     $ 122  

Specific

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending-related commitments at September 30, 2013

   $ 121     $ —        $ —        $ 1     $ 122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lending-related commitments evaluated by impairment methodology(2):

          

Inherent

   $ 57,137     $ 1,770     $ 1,407     $ 234     $ 60,548  

Specific

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lending-related commitments evaluated at September 30, 2013

   $ 57,137     $ 1,770     $ 1,407     $ 234     $ 60,548  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company recorded a provision of $41 million for loan losses within Other revenues for the quarter ended September 30, 2013.
(2) Balances are gross of the allowance for loan losses.
(3) The Company recorded a provision of $12 million of provision for lending-related commitments within Other non-interest expenses for the quarter ended September 30, 2013.

 

LOGO   58  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Employee Loans.

Employee loans are granted primarily in conjunction with a program established in the Wealth Management business segment to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. These loans are full recourse, generally require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from one to 12 years. The Company establishes a reserve for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense. At September 30, 2014, the Company had $5,141 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $122 million. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $5,487 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $109 million.

The Company has also granted loans to other employees primarily in conjunction with certain after-tax leveraged investment arrangements. At September 30, 2014, the balance of these loans was $41 million, net of an allowance of approximately $41 million. At December 31, 2013, the balance of these loans was $100 million, net of an allowance of approximately $51 million. The Company establishes a reserve for non-recourse loan amounts not recoverable from employees, which is recorded in Other expense.

 

9. Long-Term Borrowings and Other Secured Financings.

The Company’s long-term borrowings included the following components:

 

     At September 30,
2014
     At December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Senior debt

   $ 139,436      $ 139,451  

Subordinated debt

     8,051        9,275  

Junior subordinated debentures

     4,870        4,849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 152,357      $ 153,575  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company issued and reissued notes with a principal amount of approximately $26.5 billion. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, approximately $24.7 billion in aggregate long-term borrowings matured or were retired.

The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.8 years and 5.4 years at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Other Secured Financings.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, pledged commodities, certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. See Note 7 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

 

  59   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company’s other secured financings consisted of the following:

 

     At September 30,
2014
     At December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Secured financings with original maturities greater than one year

   $ 9,055      $ 9,750  

Secured financings with original maturities one year or less

     2,718        4,233  

Failed sales(1)

     246        232  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(2)

   $ 12,019      $ 14,215  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) For more information on failed sales, see Note 7.
(2) Amounts include $4,367 million and $5,206 million at fair value at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

10. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

The Company trades, makes markets and takes proprietary positions globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, asset-backed security indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, and real estate loan products. The Company uses these instruments for trading, foreign currency exposure management, and asset and liability management.

The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

 

LOGO   60  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In connection with its derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty (such as bankruptcy or a failure to pay or perform), to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off collateral against any net amount owed by the counterparty. However, in certain circumstances: the Company may not have such an agreement in place; the relevant insolvency regime (which is based on the type of counterparty entity and the jurisdiction of organization of the counterparty) may not support the enforceability of the agreement; or the Company may not have sought legal advice to support the enforceability of the agreement. In cases where the Company has not determined an agreement to be enforceable, the related amounts are not offset in the tabular disclosures below. The Company’s policy is generally to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), irrespective of the enforceability determination regarding the master netting and collateral agreement. In certain cases, the Company may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a control agreement that enables the Company to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The enforceability of the master netting agreement is taken into account in the Company’s risk management practices and application of counterparty credit limits. The following tables present information about the offsetting of derivative instruments and related collateral amounts. See information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions in Note 6.

 

    At September 30, 2014  
    Gross
Amounts(1)
    Amounts Offset
in the Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
    Net Amounts
Presented in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
    Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Financial
Condition(3)
    Net
Exposure
 
          Financial
Instruments
Collateral
    Other
Cash
Collateral
   
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivative assets

           

Bilateral OTC

  $ 390,762     $ (364,822   $ 25,940     $ (8,815   $ (74   $ 17,051  

Cleared OTC(4)

    190,748       (187,376     3,372       —          —          3,372  

Exchange traded

    35,358       (29,655     5,703       —          —          5,703  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

  $ 616,868     $ (581,853   $ 35,015     $ (8,815   $ (74   $ 26,126  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

           

Bilateral OTC

  $ 374,367     $ (345,413   $ 28,954     $ (7,134   $ (248   $ 21,572  

Cleared OTC(4)

    188,216       (185,245     2,971       —          (16     2,955  

Exchange traded

    36,786       (29,655     7,131       (874     —          6,257  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 599,369     $ (560,313   $ 39,056     $ (8,008   $ (264   $ 30,784  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include $7.7 billion of derivative assets and $8.3 billion of derivative liabilities, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable. See also “Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments” for additional disclosure about gross fair values and notionals for derivative instruments by risk type.
(2) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(4) Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.

 

  61   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    At December 31, 2013  
    Gross
Amounts(1)
    Amounts Offset
in the Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
    Net Amounts
Presented in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
    Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Financial
Condition(3)
    Net
Exposure
 
          Financial
Instruments
Collateral
    Other
Cash
Collateral
   
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivative assets

           

Bilateral OTC

  $ 404,352     $ (378,459   $ 25,893     $ (8,785   $ (132   $ 16,976  

Cleared OTC(4)

    267,057       (266,419     638       —          —          638  

Exchange traded

    31,609       (25,673     5,936       —          —          5,936  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

  $ 703,018     $ (670,551   $ 32,467     $ (8,785   $ (132   $ 23,550  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

           

Bilateral OTC

  $ 386,199     $ (361,059   $ 25,140     $ (5,365   $ (136   $ 19,639  

Cleared OTC(4)

    266,559       (265,378     1,181       —          (372     809  

Exchange traded

    33,113       (25,673     7,440       (651     —          6,789  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 685,871     $ (652,110   $ 33,761     $ (6,016   $ (508   $ 27,237  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include $8.7 billion of derivative assets and $7.3 billion of derivative liabilities, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable. See also “Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments” for additional disclosure about gross fair values and notionals for derivative instruments by risk type.
(2) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3) Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(4) Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the derivative contracts reported as assets. The fair value of a derivative represents the amount at which the derivative could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants and is further described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K and Note 4.

 

LOGO   62  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The tables below present a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Fair value is presented in the final column, net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

OTC Derivative Products—Trading Assets at September 30, 2014(1)

 

    Years to Maturity     Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
    Net  Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
    Net Exposure
Post-Collateral
 

Credit Rating(2)

  Less
than 1
    1-3     3-5     Over 5        
    (dollars in millions)  

AAA

  $ 479     $ 301     $ 1,046     $ 4,622     $ (4,377   $ 2,071     $ 1,832  

AA

    2,692       2,138       3,206       9,833       (11,137     6,732       4,816  

A

    11,518       9,945       8,991       20,883       (42,239     9,098       6,180  

BBB

    4,027       3,284       3,181       13,209       (15,795     7,906       5,106  

Non-investment grade

    1,965       2,231       1,634       2,749       (5,148     3,431       2,489  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 20,681     $ 17,899     $ 18,058     $ 51,296     $ (78,696   $ 29,238     $ 20,423  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. Amounts include centrally cleared OTC derivatives. The table does not include exchange-traded derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company.
(2) Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(3) Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

OTC Derivative Products—Trading Assets at December 31, 2013(1)

 

    Years to Maturity     Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
    Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
    Net Exposure
Post-Collateral
 

Credit Rating(2)

  Less
than 1
    1-3     3-5     Over 5        
    (dollars in millions)  

AAA

  $ 300     $ 752     $ 1,073     $ 3,664     $ (3,721   $ 2,068     $ 1,673  

AA

    2,687       3,145       3,377       9,791       (13,515     5,485       3,927  

A

    7,382       8,428       9,643       17,184       (35,644     6,993       4,970  

BBB

    2,617       3,916       3,228       13,693       (16,191     7,263       4,870  

Non-investment grade

    2,053       2,980       1,372       2,922       (4,737     4,590       2,174  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 15,039     $ 19,221     $ 18,693     $ 47,254     $ (73,808   $ 26,399     $ 17,614  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. Amounts include centrally cleared OTC derivatives. The table does not include exchange-traded derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company.
(2) Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(3) Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

  63   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Hedge Accounting.

The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset and liability management and foreign currency exposure management.

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of exposure to changes in fair value of assets and liabilities being hedged (fair value hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least monthly.

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk.    The Company’s designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate senior long-term borrowings. The Company uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships (i.e., the Company applies the “long-haul” method of hedge accounting). A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the fair values of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the hedged item (debt liability) change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%. The Company considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to the Company’s own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.

Net Investment Hedges.    The Company may utilize forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. Generally, no hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings since the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged and the currencies being exchanged are the functional currencies of the parent and investee. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is deferred and reported within AOCI. The forward points on the hedging instruments are recorded in Interest income.

 

LOGO   64  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments.    The following tables summarize the fair value of derivative instruments designated as accounting hedges and the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges by type of derivative contract and the platform on which these instruments are traded or cleared on a gross basis. Fair values of derivative contracts in an asset position are included in Trading assets, and fair values of derivative contracts in a liability position are reflected in Trading liabilities in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4):

 

    Derivative Assets
At September 30, 2014
 
    Fair Value     Notional  
    Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total     Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

               

Interest rate contracts

  $ 4,126     $ 658     $ —       $ 4,784     $ 46,449     $ 21,016     $ —       $ 67,465  

Foreign exchange contracts

    431       11       —         442       11,294       356       —         11,650  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    4,557       669       —         5,226       57,743       21,372       —         79,115  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

               

Interest rate contracts

    250,601       185,745       402       436,748       5,342,287       10,834,225       1,748,586        17,925,098   

Credit contracts

    27,852       4,126       —         31,978       934,110       187,273       —         1,121,383  

Foreign exchange contracts

    70,204       208       91       70,503       2,057,009       12,008       7,117       2,076,134  

Equity contracts

    25,659       —         31,092       56,751       324,666       —         522,453        847,119   

Commodity contracts

    11,638       —         3,773       15,411       127,739       —         168,038       295,777  

Other

    251       —         —         251       3,800       —         —         3,800  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    386,205       190,079       35,358       611,642       8,789,611       11,033,506       2,446,194       22,269,311  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $ 390,762     $ 190,748     $ 35,358     $ 616,868     $ 8,847,354     $ 11,054,878     $ 2,446,194     $ 22,348,426  

Cash collateral netting

    (56,093     (2,395     —         (58,488     —         —         —         —    

Counterparty netting

    (308,729     (184,981     (29,655     (523,365     —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

  $ 25,940     $ 3,372     $ 5,703     $ 35,015     $ 8,847,354     $ 11,054,878     $ 2,446,194     $ 22,348,426  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  65   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Derivative Liabilities
At September 30, 2014
 
    Fair Value     Notional  
    Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total     Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

               

Interest rate contracts

  $ 338     $ 291     $ —       $ 629     $ 2,609     $ 13,795     $ —       $ 16,404  

Foreign exchange contracts

    13       17       —         30       1,561       374       —         1,935  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    351       308       —         659       4,170       14,169       —         18,339  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

               

Interest rate contracts

    235,170       184,146       240       419,556       5,138,643       10,802,378       1,534,169        17,475,190   

Credit contracts

    28,053       3,556       —         31,609       837,102       147,202       —         984,304  

Foreign exchange contracts

    69,882       206       7       70,095       2,071,641       12,220       2,280       2,086,141  

Equity contracts

    29,866       —         32,621       62,487       362,556       —         507,274        869,830   

Commodity contracts

    11,002       —         3,918       14,920       108,419       —         137,970       246,389  

Other

    43       —         —         43       4,164       —         —         4,164  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    374,016       187,908       36,786       598,710       8,522,525       10,961,800       2,181,693       21,666,018  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $ 374,367     $ 188,216     $ 36,786     $ 599,369     $ 8,526,695     $ 10,975,969     $ 2,181,693     $ 21,684,357  

Cash collateral netting

    (36,684     (264     —         (36,948     —         —         —         —    

Counterparty netting

    (308,729     (184,981     (29,655     (523,365     —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 28,954     $ 2,971     $ 7,131     $ 39,056     $ 8,526,695     $ 10,975,969     $ 2,181,693     $ 21,684,357  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.
(2) Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $854 billion and $910 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $511 million and $35 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

    Derivative Assets
At December 31, 2013
 
    Fair Value     Notional  
    Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total     Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

               

Interest rate contracts

  $ 4,729     $ 287     $ —       $ 5,016     $ 54,696     $ 14,685     $ —       $ 69,381  

Foreign exchange contracts

    236       —         —         236       6,694       —         —         6,694  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    4,965       287       —         5,252       61,390       14,685       —         76,075  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

               

Interest rate contracts

    262,697       261,348       291       524,336       6,206,450       11,854,610       856,137       18,917,197  

Credit contracts

    39,054       5,292       —         44,346       1,244,004       240,781       —         1,484,785  

Foreign exchange contracts

    61,383       130       52       61,565       1,818,429       9,634       9,783       1,837,846  

Equity contracts

    26,104       —         28,001       54,105       294,524       —         437,842       732,366  

Commodity contracts

    10,106       —         3,265       13,371       144,981       —         139,433       284,414  

Other

    43       —         —         43       3,198       —         —         3,198  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    399,387       266,770       31,609       697,766       9,711,586       12,105,025       1,443,195       23,259,806  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $ 404,352     $ 267,057     $ 31,609     $ 703,018     $ 9,772,976     $ 12,119,710     $ 1,443,195     $ 23,335,881  

Cash collateral netting

    (48,540     (3,462     —         (52,002     —         —         —         —    

Counterparty netting

    (329,919     (262,957     (25,673     (618,549     —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

  $ 25,893     $ 638     $ 5,936     $ 32,467     $ 9,772,976     $ 12,119,710     $ 1,443,195     $ 23,335,881  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   66  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Derivative Liabilities
At December 31, 2013
 
    Fair Value     Notional  
    Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total     Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC(1)
    Exchange
Traded
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

               

Interest rate contracts

  $ 570     $ 614     $ —       $ 1,184     $ 2,642     $ 12,667     $ —       $ 15,309  

Foreign exchange contracts

    258       5       —         263       5,970       503       —         6,473  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    828       619       —         1,447       8,612       13,170       —         21,782  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

               

Interest rate contracts

    244,906       261,011       228       506,145       6,035,757       11,954,325       1,067,894       19,057,976  

Credit contracts

    37,835       4,791       —         42,626       1,099,483       213,900       —         1,313,383  

Foreign exchange contracts

    61,635       138       23       61,796       1,897,400       10,505       3,106       1,911,011  

Equity contracts

    31,483       —         29,412       60,895       341,232       —         464,622       805,854  

Commodity contracts

    9,436       —         3,450       12,886       138,784       —         120,556       259,340  

Other

    76       —         —         76       4,659       —         —         4,659  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    385,371       265,940       33,113       684,424       9,517,315       12,178,730       1,656,178       23,352,223  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $ 386,199     $ 266,559     $ 33,113     $ 685,871     $ 9,525,927     $ 12,191,900     $ 1,656,178     $ 23,374,005  

Cash collateral netting

    (31,139     (2,422     —         (33,561     —         —         —         —    

Counterparty netting

    (329,920     (262,956     (25,673     (618,549     —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 25,140     $ 1,181     $ 7,440     $ 33,761     $ 9,525,927     $ 12,191,900     $ 1,656,178     $ 23,374,005  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.
(2) Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $426 billion and $729 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $879 million and $27 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

The following tables summarize the gains or losses reported on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as accounting hedges for the quarters and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges.

The following table presents gains (losses) reported on derivative instruments and the related hedge item as well as the hedge ineffectiveness included in Interest expense in the condensed consolidated statements of income from interest rate contracts:

 

     Gains (Losses) Recognized  
     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

Product Type

       2014             2013             2014              2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives

   $ (384   $ (302   $ 547      $ (3,421

Borrowings

     757       583       429        4,374  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 373     $ 281     $ 976      $ 953  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  67   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Derivatives Designated as Net Investment Hedges.

 

     Gains (Losses) Recognized in OCI (effective portion)  
     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

Product Type

   2014      2013     2014      2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Foreign exchange contracts(1)

   $ 438      $ (193   $ 262      $ 346  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 438      $ (193   $ 262      $ 346  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Losses of $46 million and $143 million were recognized in income related to amounts excluded from hedge effectiveness testing during the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. Losses of $34 million and $103 million were recognized in income related to amounts excluded from hedge effectiveness testing during the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively.

The table below summarizes gains (losses) on derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges for the quarters and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

 

     Gains (Losses) Recognized in Income(1)(2)  
     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

Product Type

       2014             2013         2014     2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest rate contracts

   $ (37   $ (435   $ (1,847   $ (676

Credit contracts

     407       (145     258       100  

Foreign exchange contracts

     191        594       1,795       2,775  

Equity contracts

     114        (1,580     (2,212     (4,840

Commodity contracts

     60       104       531       1,407  

Other contracts

     22        (25     133       (69
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments

   $ 757      $ (1,487   $ (1,342   $ (1,303
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Gains (losses) on derivative contracts not designated as hedges are primarily included in Trading revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income.
(2) Gains (losses) associated with certain derivative contracts that have physically settled are excluded from the table above. Gains (losses) on these contracts are reflected with the associated cash instruments, which are also included in Trading revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

The Company also has certain embedded derivatives that have been bifurcated from the related structured borrowings. Such derivatives are classified in Long-term borrowings and had a net fair value of $8 million and $32 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and a notional value of $2,113 million and $2,140 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company recognized a gain of $5 million and a loss of $23 million related to changes in the fair value of its bifurcated embedded derivatives for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. The Company recognized gains of $13 million related to changes in the fair value of its bifurcated embedded derivatives for both the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013.

At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the amount of payables associated with cash collateral received that was netted against derivative assets was $58.5 billion and $52.0 billion, respectively, and the amount of receivables in respect of cash collateral paid that was netted against derivative liabilities was $36.9 billion and $33.6 billion, respectively. Cash collateral receivables and payables of $18 million and $21 million, respectively, at September 30, 2014 and $10 million and $13 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013, were not offset against certain contracts that did not meet the definition of a derivative.

 

LOGO   68  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Credit-Risk-Related Contingencies.

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. At September 30, 2014, the aggregate fair value of OTC derivative contracts that contain credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position totaled $23,660 million, for which the Company has posted collateral of $21,789 million, in the normal course of business. The additional collateral or termination payments which may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”). At September 30, 2014, for such OTC trading agreements, the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers were $1,580 million and an incremental $2,728 million, respectively. Of these amounts, $3,109 million at September 30, 2014 related to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts.

The Company enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions, and monoline insurers.

The tables below summarize the notional and fair value of protection sold and protection purchased through credit default swaps at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

     At September 30, 2014  
     Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  
     Protection Sold     Protection Purchased  
     Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
    Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps

   $ 609,416      $ (7,369   $ 575,351      $ 6,481  

Index and basket credit default swaps

     327,710        (2,354     260,805        2,025  

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

     116,783        (2,788     215,622        3,636  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,053,909      $ (12,511   $ 1,051,778      $ 12,142  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  
     Protection Sold     Protection Purchased  
     Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
    Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps

   $ 799,838      $ (9,349   $ 758,536      $ 8,564  

Index and basket credit default swaps

     454,355        (3,756     361,961        2,827  

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

     146,597        (3,889     276,881        3,883  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,400,790      $ (16,994   $ 1,397,378      $ 15,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  69   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes the credit ratings and maturities of protection sold through credit default swaps and other credit contracts at September 30, 2014:

 

    Protection Sold  
    Maximum Potential Payout/Notional     Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
    Years to Maturity    

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

  Less than 1     1-3     3-5     Over 5     Total    
    (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps:

           

AAA

  $ 2,434     $ 11,596     $ 6,942     $ 908     $ 21,880     $ (132

AA

    8,845       25,193       16,281       4,068       54,387       (775

A

    28,171       54,557       26,413       3,326       112,467       (2,279

BBB

    61,467       125,556       71,063       17,211       275,297       (3,548

Non-investment grade

    36,411       68,745       35,679       4,550       145,385       (635
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    137,328       285,647       156,378       30,063       609,416       (7,369
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps(3):

           

AAA

    24,718       26,800       14,530       1,868       67,916       (1,020

AA

    440       5,195       4,258       3,276       13,169       (344

A

    1,203       2,668       13,622       30       17,523       (437

BBB

    27,390       49,005       89,616       6,700       172,711       (3,130

Non-investment grade

    40,444       93,840       27,805       11,085       173,174       (211
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    94,195       177,508       149,831       22,959       444,493       (5,142
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

  $ 231,523     $ 463,155     $ 306,209     $ 53,022     $ 1,053,909     $ (12,511
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other credit contracts(4)(5)

  $ 54     $ 480     $ 12     $ 633     $ 1,179     $ (449
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $ 231,577     $ 463,635     $ 306,221     $ 53,655     $ 1,055,088     $ (12,960
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2) Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the terms of the contracts.
(3) Credit ratings are calculated internally.
(4) Other credit contracts include CLNs, CDOs and credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(5) Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

 

LOGO   70  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes the credit ratings and maturities of protection sold through credit default swaps and other credit contracts at December 31, 2013:

 

     Protection Sold  
     Maximum Potential Payout/Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
     Years to Maturity     

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

   Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5      Total     
     (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps:

                 

AAA

   $ 1,546      $ 8,661      $ 12,128      $ 1,282      $ 23,617      $ (145

AA

     9,443        24,158        25,310        4,317        63,228        (845

A

     45,663        53,755        44,428        4,666        148,512        (2,704

BBB

     103,143        122,382        112,950        20,491        358,966        (4,294

Non-investment grade

     60,254        77,393        61,088        6,780        205,515        (1,361
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     220,049        286,349        255,904        37,536        799,838        (9,349
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps(3):

                 

AAA

     14,890        40,522        30,613        2,184        88,209        (1,679

AA

     3,751        4,127        4,593        6,006        18,477        (275

A

     2,064        2,263        11,633        36        15,996        (418

BBB

     5,974        29,709        74,982        3,847        114,512        (2,220

Non-investment grade

     67,108        157,149        122,516        16,985        363,758        (3,053
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     93,787        233,770        244,337        29,058        600,952        (7,645
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

   $ 313,836      $ 520,119      $ 500,241      $ 66,594      $ 1,400,790      $ (16,994
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other credit contracts(4)(5)

   $ 75      $ 441      $ 529      $ 816      $ 1,861      $ (457
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

   $ 313,911      $ 520,560      $ 500,770      $ 67,410      $ 1,402,651      $ (17,451
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2) Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the terms of the contracts.
(3) Credit ratings are calculated internally.
(4) Other credit contracts include CLNs, CDOs and credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(5) Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

Single Name Credit Default Swaps.    A credit default swap protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Company in turn will have to perform under a credit default swap if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the credit default swaps, the external credit ratings of the underlying reference entity of the credit default swaps are disclosed.

Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps.    Index and basket credit default swaps are credit default swaps that reference multiple names through underlying baskets or portfolios of single name credit default swaps. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Company will have to pay a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the credit default index or basket contract. In order to provide an

 

  71   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

indication of the current payment status or performance risk of these credit default swaps, the weighted average external credit ratings of the underlying reference entities comprising the basket or index were calculated and disclosed.

The Company also enters into index and basket credit default swaps where the credit protection provided is based upon the application of tranching techniques. In tranched transactions, the credit risk of an index or basket is separated into various portions of the capital structure, with different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.

When external credit ratings are not available, credit ratings were determined based upon an internal methodology.

Credit Protection Sold through CLNs and CDOs.    The Company has invested in CLNs and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Company.

Purchased Credit Protection with Identical Underlying Reference Obligations.    For single name credit default swaps and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Company has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $832 billion and $1,116 billion at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, compared with a notional amount of approximately $935 billion and $1,252 billion at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations. In order to identify purchased protection with the same underlying reference obligations, the notional amount for individual reference obligations within non-tranched indices and baskets was determined on a pro rata basis and matched off against single name and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection was sold with identical underlying reference obligations.

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Company risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Company manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Company under credit default swaps where credit protection was sold.

 

LOGO   72  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

11. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies.

Commitments.

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, and mortgage lending at September 30, 2014 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

     Years to Maturity         
     Less
than 1
     1-3      3-5      Over 5      Total at
September 30, 2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

   $ 327      $ 1      $ —        $ 3      $ 331  

Investment activities

     514        98        30        445        1,087  

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(1)

     8,652        14,318        36,502        553        60,025  

Primary lending commitments—non-investment grade(1)

     1,708        5,268         12,084         3,526         22,586  

Secondary lending commitments(2)

     47        8        83        189        327  

Commitments for secured lending transactions

     1,802        550        —          6        2,358  

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing agreements(3)(4)

     56,802        —          —          —          56,802  

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments

     7        199        279        321        806  

Underwriting commitments

     302        —          —          —          302  

Other lending commitments

     4,044        755        251        175        5,225  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 74,205      $ 21,197      $ 49,229      $ 5,218      $ 149,849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This amount includes $49.5 billion of investment grade and $12.7 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for investment and $7.8 billion of investment grade and $8.5 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for sale at September 30, 2014. The remainder of these lending commitments is carried at fair value.
(2) These commitments are recorded at fair value within Trading assets and Trading liabilities in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4).
(3) The Company enters into forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to September 30, 2014 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days and of the total amount at September 30, 2014, $55 billion settled within three business days.
(4) The Company also has a contingent obligation to provide financing to a clearinghouse through which it clears certain transactions. The financing is required only upon the default of a clearinghouse member. The financing takes the form of a reverse repurchase facility, with a maximum amount of approximately $0.6 billion.

For further description of these commitments, refer to Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K.

The Company sponsors several non-consolidated investment funds for third-party investors where the Company typically acts as general partner of, and investment advisor to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Company’s employees, including its senior officers, as well as the Company’s Directors, may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Company forms primarily for

 

  73   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

client investment, except that the Company may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment funds.

Guarantees.

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements at September 30, 2014:

 

    Maximum Potential Payout/Notional     Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
    Collateral/
Recourse
 
    Years to Maturity            

Type of Guarantee

  Less than 1     1-3     3-5     Over 5     Total      
    (dollars in millions)  

Credit derivative contracts(1)

  $ 231,523     $ 463,155     $ 306,209     $ 53,022     $ 1,053,909     $ (12,511   $ —    

Other credit contracts

    54       480       12       633       1,179       (449     —     

Non-credit derivative contracts(1)

    1,425,160       807,938       335,478       573,465       3,142,041       65,470        —     

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(2)

    499       998       956       5,831       8,284       (228     7,203  

Market value guarantees

    7       432       112       136       687       6       90  

Liquidity facilities

    2,517       —          —          —          2,517       (5     3,561   

Whole loan sales guarantees

    —          —          —          23,633       23,633       12       —     

Securitization representations and warranties

    —          —          —          63,315       63,315       98       —     

General partner guarantees

    66       17       64       342       489       72       —     

 

(1) Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 10.
(2) Approximately $1.8 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table above in primary and secondary lending commitments. Standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value within Trading assets or Trading liabilities in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

For further description of these guarantees, refer to Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K.

The Company has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities.

In the normal course of business, the Company provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of commercial transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications are described below.

 

   

Trust Preferred Securities.    The Company has established Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending such proceeds to the Company in

 

LOGO   74  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that the Company has made payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust on the junior subordinated debentures. In the event that the Company does not make payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The Company has not recorded any liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these guarantees and believes that the occurrence of any events (i.e., non-performance on the part of the paying agent) that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K for details on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures.

 

   

Indemnities.    The Company provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or a change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.

 

   

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.    The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general the Company’s obligations under these rules would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. In addition, some clearinghouse rules require members to assume a proportionate share of losses resulting from the clearinghouse’s investment of guarantee fund contributions and initial margin, and of other losses unrelated to the default of a clearing member, if such losses exceed the specified resources allocated for such purpose by the clearinghouse. The maximum potential payout under these rules cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

 

   

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees.    The Company may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Company provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make cannot be estimated. The Company believes the likelihood of any payment by the Company under these arrangements is remote given the level of the Company’s due diligence associated with its role as investment banking advisor.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Company’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

  75   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Contingencies.

Legal.    In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit crisis related matters. Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Company expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief and, while the Company has identified below any individual proceedings where the Company believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Company expects future litigation accruals in general to continue to be elevated and the changes in accruals from period to period may fluctuate significantly, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Company cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or governmental entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Company can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.

On March 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco filed two complaints against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the State of California. These actions are styled Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, et al., and Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. et al., respectively. Amended complaints filed on June 10, 2010 allege that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiff of a

 

LOGO   76  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company in these cases was approximately $704 million and $276 million, respectively. The complaints raise claims under both the federal securities laws and California law and seek, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On August 11, 2011, plaintiff’s Securities Act of 1933 claims were dismissed with prejudice. The defendants filed answers to the amended complaints on October 7, 2011. On February 9, 2012, defendants’ demurrers with respect to all other claims were overruled. On December 20, 2013, plaintiff’s negligent misrepresentation claims were dismissed with prejudice. A bellwether trial is currently scheduled to begin in January 2015. The Company is not a defendant in connection with the securitizations at issue in that trial. On May 23, 2014, plaintiff and the defendants in the bellwether trial filed motions for summary adjudication, which were denied. At September 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in these cases was approximately $291 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $6 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss for this action up to the difference between the $291 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Company, styled China Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million credit default swap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Company misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Company knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss of up to approximately $240 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On October 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Circuit Court of the State of Illinois styled Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of America Funding Corporation et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company in this action was approximately $203 million. The complaint raises claims under Illinois law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On March 24, 2011, the court granted plaintiff leave to file an amended complaint. The Company filed its answer on December 21, 2012. On December 13, 2013, the court entered an order dismissing all claims related to one of the securitizations at issue. At September 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $55 million and the certificates had not yet incurred actual losses. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $55 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

 

  77   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On April 20, 2011, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts styled Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston v. Ally Financial, Inc. F/K/A GMAC LLC et al. An amended complaint was filed on June 19, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $385 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act, the Massachusetts Consumer Protection Act and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On May 26, 2011, defendants removed the case to the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. On October 11, 2012, defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on September 30, 2013. The defendants filed an answer to the amended complaint on December 16, 2013. Plaintiff has voluntarily dismissed its claims against the Company with respect to two of the securitizations at issue. At September 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $66 million, and the certificates had not yet incurred actual losses. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $66 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On July 18, 2011, the Western and Southern Life Insurance Company and certain affiliated companies filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Court of Common Pleas in Ohio, styled Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., et al. An amended complaint was filed on April 2, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of the certificates allegedly sold to plaintiffs by the Company was approximately $153 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Ohio Securities Act, federal securities laws, and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. The Company filed its answer on August 17, 2012. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in July 2015. At September 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $111 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $2 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $111 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On April 25, 2012, The Prudential Insurance Company of America and certain affiliates filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Superior Court of the State of New Jersey styled The Prudential Insurance Company of America, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company is approximately $1 billion. The complaint raises claims under the New Jersey Uniform Securities Law, as well as common law claims of negligent misrepresentation, fraud and tortious interference with contract and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages, punitive damages, rescission and rescissionary damages associated with plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. On October 16, 2012, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint which, among other things, increases the total amount of the certificates at issue by approximately $80 million, adds causes of action for fraudulent inducement, equitable fraud, aiding and abetting fraud, and violations of the New Jersey RICO statute, and includes a claim for treble damages. On March 15, 2013, the court denied the defendants’ motion to

 

LOGO   78  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

dismiss the amended complaint. On April 26, 2013, the defendants filed an answer to the amended complaint. On June 5, 2014, the defendants filed a renewed motion to dismiss the amended complaint. At September 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $613 million, and the certificates had not yet incurred actual losses. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $613 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On August 7, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-4SL (together, the “Trust”) against the Company. The matter is styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the Trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $303 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreement underlying the transaction, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss. On September 3, 2014, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $149 million, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-4SL against the Company. The complaint is styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and $305 million respectively, breached various representations and warranties. On October 9, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On September 17, 2013, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. On September 26, 2013, and October 7, 2013, the Company and the plaintiffs, respectively, filed notices of appeal with respect to the court’s August 16, 2013 decision. The plaintiff is seeking, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $527 million, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On September 28, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX against the Company styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. U.S. Bank filed an amended complaint on January 17, 2013, which asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $609 million, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, declaratory judgment relief, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On September 25, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $173 million, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

 

  79   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On January 10, 2013, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-10SL against the Company. The complaint is styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $300 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, an order requiring the Company to comply with the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss. On September 3, 2014, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $197 million, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On February 14, 2013, Bank Hapoalim B.M. filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Bank Hapoalim B.M. v. Morgan Stanley et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $141 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On April 22, 2014, the defendants’ motion to dismiss was denied in substantial part. On August 29, 2014, the Company filed its answer to the complaint, and on September 18, 2014, the Company filed a notice of appeal from the ruling denying defendants’ motion to dismiss. At September 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $73 million, and the certificates had not yet incurred actual losses. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $73 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On May 3, 2013, plaintiffs in Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al. filed a complaint against the Company, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $694 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On June 10, 2014, the court denied defendants’ motion to dismiss. On July 10, 2014, the Company filed a renewed motion to dismiss with respect to two certificates at issue in the case. On October 13, 2014, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. At September 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $300 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $78 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $300 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses.

On September 23, 2013, plaintiffs in National Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al. filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements of material fact or omitted to state material facts in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates issued by

 

LOGO   80  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $417 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for violations of Section 11 and Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, violations of the Texas Securities Act, and violations of the Illinois Securities Law of 1953 and seeks, among other things, rescissory and compensatory damages. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on November 13, 2013. On January 22, 2014, the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under the Securities Act of 1933 and denied defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under Texas Securities Act and the Illinois Securities Law of 1953. On April 28, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part plaintiff’s motion to strike certain of the defendants’ affirmative defenses. On July 11, 2014, the defendants filed a motion for reconsideration of the court’s order on the motion to dismiss the complaint or, in the alternative, for certification of interlocutory appeal and a stay of all proceedings, which was denied on September 30, 2014. At September 25, 2014, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $211 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $27 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $211 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

 

12. Regulatory Requirements.

Morgan Stanley.    The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries MSBNA and MSPBNA (“U.S. Banks”).

Calculation of Risk-based Capital Ratios.    As an Advanced Approach banking organization, the Company is required to compute risk-based capital ratios using both (i) standardized approaches for calculating credit risk weighted assets (“RWAs”) and market risk RWAs (the “Standardized Approach”); and (ii) an advanced internal ratings-based approach for calculating credit risk RWAs, an advanced measurement approach for calculating operational risk RWAs, and an advanced approach for calculating market risk RWAs under U.S. Basel III (the “Advanced Approach”).

To implement a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, U.S. Basel III subjects Advanced Approach banking organizations which have been approved by their regulators to exit the parallel run, such as the Company, to a permanent “capital floor”. In calendar year 2014, as a result of the capital floor, an Advanced Approach banking organization’s binding risk-based capital ratios are the lower of its ratios computed under the Advanced Approach or the U.S. Basel I-based rules as supplemented by the existing market risk rules known as “Basel 2.5”. For the current quarter, the capital floor results in the Company’s binding risk-based capital ratios being those calculated under the Advanced Approach. Beginning on January 1, 2015, the capital floor will result in the Company’s ratios being the lower of the capital ratios computed under the Advanced Approach or the Standardized Approach under U.S. Basel III.

The methods for calculating each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios will change through 2022 as U.S. Basel III’s revisions to the numerator and denominator are phased-in and as the Company begins calculating

 

  81   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

RWAs using the Advanced Approach and the Standardized Approach. These ongoing methodological changes may result in differences in the Company’s reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to the Company’s capital base, asset composition, off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile.

The Company’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios.    Beginning with the second quarter of 2014, the Company and its U.S. Banks’ risk-based capital ratios for regulatory purposes are the lower of each ratio calculated using RWAs under U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5 and the Advanced Approach. At September 30, 2014, the Company’s risk-based capital ratios were lower under the Advanced Approach transitional rules; however, the risk-based capital ratios for the Company’s U.S. Banks were lower under U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5.

The following table presents the Company’s capital measures at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 

     At September 30, 2014     At December 31, 2013  
     U.S. Basel  III
Transitional/
Advanced Approach
    Minimum  Regulatory
Capital Ratio(1)
    U.S. Basel I(2)     Minimum  Regulatory
Capital Ratio(3)
 
     Amount      Ratio       Amount      Ratio    
     (dollars in millions)  

Regulatory capital and capital ratios:

              

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   $ 59,409        14.4     4.0 %   $ 49,917        12.8 %     N/A  

Tier 1 capital

     66,663        16.2     5.5 %     61,007        15.6 %     4.0 %

Total capital

     77,125        18.8     8.0 %     66,000        16.9 %     8.0 %

Tier 1 leverage

     —          8.2     4.0 %     —          7.6 %     4.0 %

Assets:

              

RWAs

   $ 411,292        —         N/A     $ 390,366        —         N/A  

Adjusted average assets(4)

     810,542        —         N/A       805,838        —         N/A  

 

N/A—Not Applicable

(1) Minimum regulatory capital ratios under U.S. Basel III.
(2) The standards applicable in 2013 included U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5. The Company’s Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios, Tier 1 leverage ratio and RWAs at December 31, 2013 were calculated under this framework.
(3) Minimum regulatory capital ratios under U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5.
(4) Average total on-balance sheet assets subject to certain adjustments in accordance with U.S. Basel I rules for the quarter ended December 31, 2013 and U.S. Basel III rules for the quarter ended September 30, 2014.

The Company’s U.S. Banks.    The Company’s U.S. Banks are subject to similar regulatory capital requirements as the Company. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s U.S. Banks’ financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company’s U.S. Banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s U.S. Banks’ assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

 

LOGO   82  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below sets forth the capital information for MSBNA.

 

     At September 30, 2014     At December 31, 2013  
     U.S. Basel  III
Transitional/
Basel I + Basel 2.5 Approach
    Required
Capital  Ratio(1)
    U.S. Basel I(2)(3)     Required
Capital  Ratio(1)
 
         Amount              Ratio           Amount      Ratio    
     (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   $ 11,935        12.4     6.5     N/A        N/A       N/A   

Tier 1 capital

   $ 11,935        12.4     8.0   $ 11,086        14.6     6.0

Total capital

   $ 13,604        14.2     10.0   $ 12,749        16.8     10.0

Tier 1 leverage

   $ 11,935        10.5     5.0   $ 11,086        10.8     5.0

 

N/A—Not Applicable

(1) Capital ratios to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.
(2) The standards applicable in 2013 included U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5. The Company’s U.S. Banks’ Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios, Tier 1 leverage ratio and RWAs at December 31, 2013 were calculated under this framework.
(3) MSBNA ratios have been restated to reflect certain amendments to its regulatory reports.

The table below sets forth the capital information for MSPBNA.

 

     At September 30, 2014     At December 31, 2013  
     U.S. Basel  III
Transitional/
Basel I + Basel 2.5 Approach
    Required
Capital  Ratio(1)
    U.S. Basel I(2)     Required
Capital  Ratio(1)
 
     Amount      Ratio       Amount      Ratio    
     (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   $ 2,400        21.7     6.5     N/A        N/A       N/A   

Tier 1 capital

   $ 2,400        21.7     8.0   $ 2,177        26.5     6.0

Total capital

   $ 2,411        21.8     10.0   $ 2,184        26.6     10.0

Tier 1 leverage

   $ 2,400        10.1     5.0   $ 2,177        9.7     5.0

 

N/A—Not Applicable

(1) Capital ratios to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.
(2) The standards applicable in 2013 included U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5. The Company’s U.S. Banks’ Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios, Tier 1 leverage ratio and RWAs at December 31, 2013 were calculated under this framework.

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions, in order to be considered well-capitalized, must maintain certain minimum capital ratios. Each U.S. depository institution subsidiary of the Company must be well-capitalized in order for the Company to continue to qualify as a financial holding company and to continue to engage in the broadest range of financial activities permitted for financial holding companies. At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company’s U.S. Banks maintained capital at levels in excess of the universally mandated well-capitalized levels. The Company’s U.S. Banks maintain capital at levels sufficiently in excess of the “well-capitalized” requirements to address any additional capital needs and requirements identified by the federal banking regulators.

MS&Co. and Other Broker-Dealers.    MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission. MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $9,433 million and $7,201 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $7,739 million and $5,627 million, respectively. MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit

 

  83   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

risk standards of Appendix E of SEC Rule 15c3-1. MS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. At September 30, 2014, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.

MSSB LLC is a registered broker-dealer and is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC and FINRA. MSSB LLC has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MSSB LLC’s net capital totaled $4,870 million and $3,489 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $4,714 million and $3,308 million, respectively.

MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority, and MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSMS have consistently operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries.    Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (“MSDP”), a derivative products subsidiary rated A3 by Moody’s and AA- by S&P, maintains certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by Moody’s and S&P. MSDP is operated such that creditors of the Company should not expect to have any claims on the assets of MSDP, unless and until the obligations to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of MSDP should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of MSDP.

 

13. Total Equity

Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ Equity.

At September 30, 2014, the Company had approximately $0.6 billion remaining under its current share repurchase program out of the $6 billion authorized by the Board of Directors in December 2006. The share repurchase program is for capital management purposes and considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases under the Company’s existing authorized program will be exercised from time to time at prices the Company deems appropriate subject to various factors, including the Company’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval (see “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in Part II, Item 2).

In March 2014, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to the Company’s 2014 capital plan, which included a share repurchase of up to $1 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock beginning in the second quarter of 2014 through the end of the first quarter of 2015, as well as an increase in the Company’s quarterly common stock dividend to $0.10 per share from $0.05 per share, beginning with the dividend declared on April 17, 2014. On July 17, 2014, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.10, payable on August 15, 2014 to common shareholders of record on July 31, 2014. During the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, dividends declared on the Company’s outstanding preferred stock were $62 million and $192 million, respectively. During the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company repurchased approximately $195 million and $629 million, respectively, of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program. During the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company repurchased approximately $123 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program.

 

LOGO   84  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Series E Preferred Stock.    On September 30, 2013, the Company issued 34,500,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $862 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Series E Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (“Series E Preferred Stock”). The Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after October 15, 2023 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depository Share). The Series E Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series E Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $854 million.

Series F Preferred Stock.    On December 10, 2013, the Company issued 34,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $850 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Series F Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (“Series F Preferred Stock”). The Series F Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after January 15, 2024 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series F Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series F Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $842 million.

Series G Preferred Stock.    On April 29, 2014, the Company issued 20,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $500 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual 6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G, $0.01 par value (“Series G Preferred Stock”). The Series G Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after July 15, 2019 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series G Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series G Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $494 million.

Series H Preferred Stock.    On April 29, 2014, the Company issued 1,300,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $1,300 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H, $0.01 par value (“Series H Preferred Stock”). The Series H Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after July 15, 2019 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $1,000 per Depositary Share). The Series H Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series H Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $1,294 million.

Series I Preferred Stock.    On September 18, 2014, the Company issued 40,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $1,000 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I, $0.01 par value (“Series I Preferred Stock”). The Series I Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after October 15, 2024 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depository Share). The Series I Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series I Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $994 million.

 

  85   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The following tables present changes in AOCI by component, net of noncontrolling interests, in the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions):

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Net Change
in
Cash Flow
Hedges
     Change in
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
AFS Securities
    Pension,
Postretirement
and Other Related
Adjustments
    Total  

Balance at June 30, 2014

   $ (150   $ 1      $ (46   $ (538   $ (733
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

     (265     —           (90     (18     (373

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

     —         1        (12     2       (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income during the period

     (265     1        (102     (16     (382
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

   $ (415   $ 2      $ (148   $ (554   $ (1,115
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Net Change
in
Cash Flow
Hedges
    Change in
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
AFS Securities
    Pension,
Postretirement
and Other Related
Adjustments
    Total  

Balance at June 30, 2013

   $ (420   $ (3   $ (218   $ (528   $ (1,169
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

     117       —          37       —          154  

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

     —          1       (4     4       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income during the period

     117       1       33       4       155  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2013

   $ (303   $ (2   $ (185   $ (524   $ (1,014
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company had no significant reclassifications out of AOCI for the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

The following tables present changes in AOCI by component, net of noncontrolling interests, in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions):

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Net Change
in
Cash Flow
Hedges
    Change in
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
AFS Securities
    Pension,
Postretirement
and Other Related
Adjustments
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ (266   $ (1   $ (282   $ (544   $ (1,093
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

     (149     —          156       (16     (9

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

     —          3       (22     6       (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income during the period

     (149     3       134       (10     (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

   $ (415   $ 2     $ (148   $ (554   $ (1,115
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   86  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Net Change
in
Cash Flow
Hedges
    Change in
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
AFS Securities
    Pension,
Postretirement
and Other Related
Adjustments
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ (123   $ (5   $ 151     $ (539   $ (516
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

    (180     —          (310     2       (488

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

    —          3       (26     13       (10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss) during the period

    (180     3       (336     15       (498
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2013

  $ (303   $ (2   $ (185   $ (524   $ (1,014
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company had no significant reclassifications out of AOCI for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

The reduction in nonredeemable noncontrolling interests from December 31, 2013 primarily reflects a decrease of $1.6 billion related to the deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company in the second quarter of 2014 and distributions of $166 million related to MSMS and $350 million related to TransMontaigne Inc., which was sold on July 1, 2014.

 

  87   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

14. Earnings per Common Share.

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock units (“RSUs”) where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities. The Company calculates EPS using the two-class method and determines whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K). The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in millions, except for per share data):

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014             2013             2014             2013      

Basic EPS:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1,757     $ 1,002     $ 5,259     $ 3,472  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (5     16       (6     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1,752       1,018       5,253       3,440  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          222  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     59       112       156       370  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

     1,693       906       5,097       2,848  

Less: Preferred dividends (Series A Preferred Stock)

     (11     (11     (33     (33

Less: Preferred dividends (Series C Preferred Stock)

     (13     (13     (39     (39

Less: Preferred dividends (Series E Preferred Stock)

     (15     —          (46     —     

Less: Preferred dividends (Series F Preferred Stock)

     (15     —          (44     —     

Less: Preferred dividends (Series G Preferred Stock)

     (8     —          (15     —     

Less: Preferred dividends (Series H Preferred Stock)

     —          —          (15     —     

Less: Preferred dividends (Series I Preferred Stock)

     —          —          —          —     

Less: Wealth Management JV redemption value adjustment
(see Note 3)

     —          —          —          (151

Less: Allocation of (earnings) loss to participating RSUs(1):

        

From continuing operations

     (2     (2     (7     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 1,629     $ 880     $ 4,898     $ 2,619  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     1,923       1,909       1,925       1,906  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.85     $ 0.45     $ 2.55     $ 1.39  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     —          0.01       (0.01 )     (0.02 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share

   $ 0.85     $ 0.46     $ 2.54     $ 1.37  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted EPS:

        

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 1,629     $ 880     $ 4,898     $ 2,619  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     1,923       1,909       1,925       1,906  

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Stock options and RSUs(1)

     48       56       45       46  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

     1,971       1,965       1,970       1,952  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.83     $ 0.44     $ 2.49     $ 1.36  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     —          0.01       —          (0.02 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

   $ 0.83     $ 0.45     $ 2.49     $ 1.34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   88  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1) RSUs that are considered participating securities participate in all of the earnings of the Company in the computation of basic EPS, and, therefore, such RSUs are not included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation.

The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

Number of Antidilutive Securities Outstanding at End of Period:

   2014      2013      2014      2013  
     (shares in millions)  

RSUs and performance-based stock units

     2        4        2        4  

Stock options

     13        32        13        32  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     15        36        15        36  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

15. Interest Income and Interest Expense.

Details of Interest income and Interest expense were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014             2013             2014             2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest income(1):

        

Trading assets(2)

   $ 508     $ 494     $ 1,520     $ 1,742  

AFS Securities

     162       111       449       317  

Loans

     474        299       1,220        790  

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     22       38       81       89  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(3)(4)

     (103     4       (239     (24

Other(5)

     321       315       946       959  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

   $ 1,384     $ 1,261     $ 3,977     $ 3,873  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense(1):

        

Deposits

   $ 12     $ 44     $ 44     $ 126  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

     1       4       3       18  

Long-term debt

     865       957       2,730       2,834  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(4)(6)

     301       357       930       1,134  

Other(7)

     (352     (211     (862     (735
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 827     $ 1,151     $ 2,845     $ 3,377  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

   $ 557     $ 110     $ 1,132     $ 496  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest income and expense are recorded within the condensed consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.
(2) Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction to Interest income on Trading assets.
(3) Includes fees paid on securities borrowed.
(4)

During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company identified that certain fees paid on securities borrowed which had been reported within Interest expense should have been reported within Interest income and that certain fees received on securities loaned which had been

 

  89   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

  reported within Interest income should have been reported within Interest expense. The 2013 Form 10-K reflected the adjusted classification on a full year basis. To correct the corresponding 2013 quarterly periods to conform to the Form 10-K presentation, “Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned” and “Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed” were reduced by $46 million and $237 million for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. This adjustment had no impact on net interest income.
(5) Includes primarily interest from broker and customer receivables.
(6) Includes fees received on securities loaned
(7) Includes primarily interest on broker and customer payables.

 

16. Employee Benefit Plans.

The Company sponsors various pension plans for the majority of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The Company provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees. The Company also provides certain postemployment benefits to certain former employees or inactive employees prior to retirement.

On September 30, 2014, the Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan (the “SEREP”) was amended to cease accrual of benefits. Any benefits earned by participants under the SEREP prior to October 1, 2014 will be payable in the future based on the SEREP’s provisions. The amendment did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

The components of the Company’s net periodic benefit expense for its pension and postretirement plans were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014             2013             2014             2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

   $ 6     $ 6     $ 18     $ 20  

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

     40       40       120       118  

Expected return on plan assets

     (27     (28     (82     (85

Net amortization of prior service cost (credit)

     (3     (3     (9     (10

Net amortization of actuarial loss

     6       9       18       29  

Curtailment loss

     3       —          3       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit expense

   $ 25     $ 24     $ 68     $ 72  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

17. Income Taxes.

The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), and in states in which the Company has significant business operations, such as New York. The Company is currently under review by the IRS Appeals Office for the remaining issues covering tax years 1999 – 2005. Also, the Company has substantially completed the IRS field examination for the audit of tax years 2006 – 2008, and is currently at various levels of field examination with respect to audits by New York State and New York City for tax years 2007 – 2009. During 2015, the Company expects to reach a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on substantially all issues through tax year 2010, the resolution of which is not expected to have a material impact on the effective tax rate, the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition or the condensed consolidated statements of income.

 

LOGO   90  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 included a discrete net tax benefit of $237 million primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. Additionally, the Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 included a discrete net tax benefit of $609 million principally associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of the IRS field examination referred to above. Excluding these discrete net tax benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 would have been 31.5% and 32.3%, respectively. Additionally, as a result of this remeasurement, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits decreased by $1.6 billion to $2.5 billion at September 30, 2014, of which, approximately $0.9 billion (net of federal benefit of state items, competent authority and foreign tax credit offsets) represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods.

The Company believes that the resolution of tax matters will not have a material effect on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the Company’s effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs. The Company has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits that the Company believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months related to certain tax authority examinations referred to above. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and impact on the effective tax rate over the next 12 months.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013 included a discrete net tax benefit of $73 million that is attributable to tax planning strategies to optimize foreign tax credit utilization as a result of the anticipated repatriation of earnings from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Additionally, the Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 included a discrete tax benefit of $81 million due to the retroactive effective date of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “Relief Act”) and $61 million associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest based on new information regarding the status of certain tax authority examinations. The Relief Act that was enacted on January 2, 2013, among other things, extended with retroactive effect to January 1, 2012 a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside of the U.S. until such income is repatriated to the U.S. as a dividend. Excluding these discrete net tax benefits, the effective tax rate for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013 would have been 31.9% and 31.6%, respectively.

Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.    In January 2014, the FASB issued an update providing guidance on accounting for investments in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. This guidance permits the Company to make an accounting policy election to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the investment amortization in the consolidated statement of income as a component of Provision for (benefit from) income taxes. As a practical expedient, an investor is permitted to amortize the initial cost of the investment in proportion to only the tax credits allocated to the investor if the

 

  91   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

investor reasonably expects that doing so would produce a measurement that is substantially similar. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2015, with earlier application permitted.

The Company made the accounting policy election described above and early-adopted the guidance with an effective date of April 1, 2014. As a result of adopting the guidance, the Company made retrospective adjustments to remove from Other revenues previously recorded losses recognized under the equity method of accounting and record the amortization expense computed under the proportional amortization method to Provision for (benefit from) income taxes for all prior periods presented. The impact of early adoption on retained earnings was immaterial. The Company removed $(18) million from Other revenues and recorded $18 million to Provision for (benefit from) income taxes in the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Also, the Company removed $(24) million and $(61) million from Other revenues and recorded $24 million and $61 million to Provision for (benefit from) income taxes in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively.

 

18. Segment and Geographic Information.

Segment Information.

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Company’s management organization. The Company provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. For a further discussion of the Company’s business segments, see Note 1.

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective business segment are included in determining its operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular business segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, generally based on each business segment’s respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of revenues and expenses from transactions with other operating segments being treated as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Intersegment Eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Wealth Management business segment related to the bank deposit program.

 

LOGO   92  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Selected financial information for the Company’s business segments is presented below:

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2014

  Institutional
Securities
    Wealth
Management
    Investment
Management
    Intersegment
Eliminations
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest revenues(1)(2)(3)

  $ 4,561     $ 3,184     $ 657     $ (52   $ 8,350  

Interest income

    859       649       —          (124     1,384  

Interest expense

    904       48       2       (127     827  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

    (45     601       (2     3       557  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $ 4,516     $ 3,785     $ 655     $ (49   $ 8,907  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $ 1,226     $ 806     $ 188     $ —        $ 2,220  

Provision for income taxes(4)

    88       324       51       —          463  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

    1,138       482       137       —          1,757  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(5):

         

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

    (9     —          1       —          (8

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (3     —          —          —          (3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    (6     —          1       —          (5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    1,132       482       138       —          1,752  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    41       —          18       —          59  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $ 1,091     $ 482     $ 120     $ —        $ 1,693  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2013

  Institutional
Securities
    Wealth
Management
    Investment
Management
    Intersegment
Eliminations
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest revenues(3)

  $ 4,096     $ 2,988     $ 828     $ (66   $ 7,846  

Interest income(6)

    847       532       2       (120     1,261  

Interest expense(6)

    1,233       39       2       (123     1,151  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

    (386     493       —          3       110  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $ 3,710     $ 3,481     $ 828     $ (63   $ 7,956  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $ 397     $ 668     $ 300     $ —        $ 1,365  

Provision for income taxes

    24       238       101       —          363  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

    373       430       199       —          1,002  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(5):

         

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

    (9     —          8       15       14  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (5     —          —          3       (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    (4     —          8       12       16  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    369       430       207       12       1,018  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    48       —          64       —          112  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $ 321     $ 430     $ 143     $ 12     $ 906  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  93   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

   Institutional
Securities
    Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
    Intersegment
Eliminations
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest revenues(1)(2)(3)

   $ 14,016     $ 9,404      $ 2,102     $ (143   $ 25,379  

Interest income

     2,498       1,846        2       (369     3,977  

Interest expense

     3,074       128        17       (374     2,845  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     (576     1,718        (15     5       1,132  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 13,440     $ 11,122      $ 2,087     $ (138   $ 26,511  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 3,602     $ 2,264      $ 656     $ —        $ 6,522  

Provision for income taxes(4)

     170       888        205       —          1,263  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     3,432       1,376        451       —          5,259  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(5):

           

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

     (18     —           7       —          (11

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (7     —           2       —          (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (11     —           5       —          (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     3,421       1,376        456       —          5,253  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     77       —           79       —          156  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 3,344     $ 1,376      $ 377     $ —        $ 5,097  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   94  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013

  Institutional
Securities
    Wealth
Management
    Investment
Management
    Intersegment
Eliminations
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest revenues(3)

  $ 13,029     $ 9,130     $ 2,151     $ (158   $ 24,152  

Interest income(6)

    2,692       1,531       7       (357     3,873  

Interest expense(6)

    3,545       179       12       (359     3,377  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

    (853     1,352       (5     2       496  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $ 12,176     $ 10,482     $ 2,146     $ (156   $ 24,648  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $ 2,193     $ 1,920     $ 647     $ —        $ 4,760  

Provision for income taxes

    410       687       191       —          1,288  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

    1,783       1,233       456       —          3,472  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(5):

         

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

    (67     (1     9       1       (58

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (26     —          —          —          (26
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    (41     (1     9       1       (32
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    1,742       1,232       465       1       3,440  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

    1       221       —          —          222  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    234       —          136       —          370  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $ 1,507     $ 1,011     $ 329     $ 1     $ 2,848  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In September 2014, the Company sold a retail property space resulting in a gain on sale of $141 million (Institutional Securities $84 million, Wealth Management $40 million and Investment Management $17 million), which was included within Other revenues on the condensed consolidated statement of income.
(2) On July 1, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its ownership stake in TransMontaigne Inc., a U.S.-based oil storage, marketing and transportation company, as well as related physical inventory and the assumption of the Company’s obligations under certain terminal storage contracts, to NGL Energy Partners LP. The gain on sale, which was included in continuing operations, was approximately $101 million (within the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment) for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014.
(3) In certain management fee arrangements, the Company is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenue is accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. The amount of cumulative performance-based fee revenue at risk of reversing if fund performance falls below stated investment management agreement benchmarks was approximately $610 million at September 30, 2014 and approximately $489 million at December 31, 2013 (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2013 Form 10-K).
(4) The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 included a discrete net tax benefit of $237 million (within the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment). Additionally, the Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 included a discrete net tax benefit of $609 million (primarily within the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment) (see Note 17).
(5) See Note 1 for discussion of discontinued operations.
(6) During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company identified that certain fees paid on securities borrowed which had been reported within Interest expense should have been reported within Interest income and that certain fees received on securities loaned which had been reported within Interest income should have been reported within Interest expense. The 2013 Form 10-K reflected the adjusted classification on a full year basis. To correct the corresponding 2013 quarterly periods to conform to the 2013 Form 10-K presentation, Interest income and Interest expense were reduced by $46 million and $237 million for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. This adjustment had no impact on net interest income.

 

  95   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Total Assets(1)

   Institutional
Securities
     Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management(2)
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

At September 30, 2014

   $ 651,286      $ 157,585      $ 5,640      $ 814,511  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013

   $ 668,596      $ 156,711      $ 7,395      $ 832,702  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the Company’s business segments.
(2) On April 1, 2014, the Company deconsolidated approximately $1.6 billion in total assets that were related to certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company (see Note 7).

Geographic Information.

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted and managed through European and Asia-Pacific locations. The net revenues disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

 

   

Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwriting—client location, debt underwriting—revenue recording location, sales and trading—trading desk location.

 

   

Wealth Management: wealth management representatives operate in the Americas.

 

   

Investment Management: client location, except for Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses, which are based on asset location.

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

Net Revenues

       2014              2013              2014              2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Americas

   $ 6,308      $ 5,690      $ 19,022      $ 17,696  

EMEA

     1,271        1,148        4,191        3,346  

Asia-Pacific

     1,328        1,118        3,298        3,606  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 8,907      $ 7,956      $ 26,511      $ 24,648  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

19. Equity Method Investments.

The Company has investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting (see Note 1) of $3,541 million and $4,746 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, included in Other investments in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The decrease in these investments was primarily related to the early adoption of the accounting update Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. Investments in qualified affordable housing projects are now accounted for under the proportional amortization method, and no longer under the equity method. For further information, see Notes 2 and 17. Income from equity method investments was $32 million and $172 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $108 million and $400 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included in Other revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income. Income from the Company’s equity method investments for the quarters and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 were primarily related to the Company’s 40% stake in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”), as described below.

 

LOGO   96  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Japanese Securities Joint Venture.

The Company holds a 40% voting interest and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS. The Company accounts for its interest in MUMSS as an equity method investment within the Institutional Securities business segment. During the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded income of $55 million and $188 million, respectively, and income of $146 million and $487 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, within Other revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS.

In June 2014 and 2013, MUMSS paid a dividend of approximately $594 million and $287 million, respectively, of which the Company received approximately $238 million and $115 million, respectively, for its proportionate share of MUMSS.

 

20. Subsequent Events.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in the condensed consolidated financial statements through the date of this report and the Company has not identified any recordable or disclosable events, not otherwise reported in these condensed consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, except for the following:

Common Dividend.

On October 17, 2014, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.10. The dividend is payable on November 14, 2014 to common shareholders of record on October 31, 2014 (see Note 13).

Long-Term Borrowings.

Subsequent to September 30, 2014 and through October 31, 2014, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of repayments) increased by approximately $1.0 billion. This amount includes the Company’s issuance of $3.0 billion in senior debt on October 23, 2014.

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings.

On October 31, 2014, the Company completed a legal entity restructuring that included a change in tax status of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (“MSSBH”) from a partnership to a corporation. MSSBH is the holding company for the former Wealth Management JV. As a result of this change in tax status, the Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the three month period and full year ending December 31, 2014 will include a discrete net tax benefit primarily due to the release of a deferred tax liability which was previously established, utilizing the acquisition method of accounting, through a charge to Additional paid-in capital. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, this net tax benefit of approximately $1.3 billion will be recognized in Income from continuing operations on the consolidated statements of income for the three month period and full year ending December 31, 2014.

 

  97   LOGO


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2014, the related condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, and the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows and changes in total equity for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2014 and 2013. These condensed consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the management of the Company.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2013, and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for the year then ended (not presented herein) included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K; and in our report dated February 25, 2014, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2013 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated statement of financial condition from which it has been derived.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

November 4, 2014

 

  98  


Table of Contents
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Introduction.

Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides financial advisory and capital-raising services, including: advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

Wealth Management provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and engages in fixed income trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.

Investment Management provides a broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors, including: the effect of economic and political conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income, credit and commodities markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate markets; the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)), regulation (including capital, leverage and liquidity requirements), policies (including fiscal and monetary) and legal and regulatory actions in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and worldwide; the level and volatility of equity, fixed income, and commodity prices, interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to the Company’s unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor, consumer and business sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the performance of the Company’s acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements; the Company’s reputation; inflation, natural disasters, pandemics and acts of war or terrorism; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors as well as governments, regulators and self-regulatory organizations; the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management policies; technological changes and risks, including cybersecurity risks; or a combination of these or other factors. In addition, legislative, legal and regulatory developments related to the Company’s businesses are likely to increase costs, thereby affecting results of operations. These factors also may have an adverse impact on the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic objectives. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect the Company’s business, see “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (“2013 Form 10-K”) and “Other Matters” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

The discussion of the Company’s results of operations below may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect the

 

  99   LOGO


Table of Contents

Company’s future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1, “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2013 Form 10-K and “Other Matters” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

See Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for a discussion of the Company’s discontinued operations.

Executive Summary.

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts).

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
      
         2014             2013             2014             2013      

Net revenues:

        

Institutional Securities

   $ 4,516     $ 3,710     $ 13,440     $ 12,176  

Wealth Management

     3,785       3,481       11,122       10,482  

Investment Management

     655       828       2,087       2,146  

Intersegment Eliminations

     (49     (63     (138     (156
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net revenues

   $ 8,907     $ 7,956     $ 26,511     $ 24,648  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,752     $ 1,018     $ 5,253     $ 3,440  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(1)

     —         —         —         222  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests(1)

     59       112       156       370  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,693     $ 906     $ 5,097     $ 2,848  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley:

        

Institutional Securities

   $ 1,097     $ 325     $ 3,355     $ 1,548  

Wealth Management

     482       430       1,376       1,012  

Investment Management

     119       135       372       320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,698     $ 890     $ 5,103     $ 2,880  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley(2)

     (5     16       (6     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,693     $ 906     $ 5,097     $ 2,848  

Preferred stock dividend and other

     64       26       199       229  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 1,629     $ 880     $ 4,898     $ 2,619  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.85     $ 0.45     $ 2.55     $ 1.39  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations(2)

     —         0.01       (0.01 )     (0.02 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share(3)

   $ 0.85     $ 0.46     $ 2.54     $ 1.37  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.83     $ 0.44     $ 2.49     $ 1.36  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations(2)

     —         0.01       —         (0.02 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share(3)

   $ 0.83     $ 0.45     $ 2.49     $ 1.34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Regional net revenues(4):

        

Americas

   $ 6,308     $ 5,690     $ 19,022     $ 17,696  

EMEA

     1,271       1,148       4,191       3,346  

Asia-Pacific

     1,328       1,118       3,298       3,606  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 8,907     $ 7,956     $ 26,511     $ 24,648  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax profit margin(5):

        

Institutional Securities

     27     11     27     18

Wealth Management

     21     19     20     18

Investment Management

     29     36     31     30

Consolidated

     25     17     25     19

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations(6)

     20.9     26.6     19.4     27.1

 

LOGO   100  


Table of Contents

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)—(Continued).

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014             2013             2014             2013      

Average common equity (dollars in billions)(7):

        

Institutional Securities

   $ 32.6     $ 37.0     $ 32.1     $ 38.5  

Wealth Management

     11.2       13.1       11.3       13.3  

Investment Management

     3.1       2.8       2.9       2.8  

Parent capital

     19.3       9.2       18.4       6.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated average common equity

   $ 66.2     $ 62.1     $ 64.7     $ 61.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average common equity(8):

        

Institutional Securities

     13.0     3.3     13.5     5.2

Wealth Management

     16.3     13.0     15.3     8.6

Investment Management

     15.4     19.0     17.3     15.0

Consolidated

     9.9     5.6     10.1     5.8

Average tangible common equity (dollars in billions)(9)

   $ 56.5     $ 52.0     $ 54.9     $ 53.0  

Return on average tangible common equity(10)

     11.6     6.7     11.9     6.7

Selected management financial measures, excluding DVA:

        

Net revenues, excluding DVA(11)

   $ 8,692     $ 8,127     $ 26,083     $ 24,961  

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley, excluding DVA(11)

   $ 1,561     $ 1,011     $ 4,830     $ 3,091  

Income per diluted common share from continuing operations, excluding DVA(11)

   $ 0.76     $ 0.50     $ 2.35     $ 1.47  

Return on average common equity, excluding DVA(8)

     8.9     6.3     9.4     6.1

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding DVA(10)

     10.4     7.4     11.0     7.1

 

     At
September 30,  2014
    At
December 31,  2013
 

Total assets

   $ 814,511     $ 832,702  

Total deposits

   $ 124,382     $ 112,379  

U.S. Banks assets(12)

   $ 140,277     $ 130,019  

Long-term borrowings

   $ 152,357     $ 153,575  

Maturities of long-term borrowings outstanding (next 12 months)

   $ 17,613     $ 24,193  

Worldwide employees

     55,977       55,794  

Book value per common share(13)

   $ 34.16     $ 32.24  

Tangible book value per common share(14)

   $ 29.24     $ 27.16  

Global Liquidity Reserve held by bank and non-bank legal entities (dollars in billions)(15)

   $ 190     $ 202  

Average Global Liquidity Reserve (dollars in billions)(15)(16):

    

Bank legal entities

   $ 87     $ 75  

Non-bank legal entities

     109       117  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average Global Liquidity Reserve

   $ 196     $ 192  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital ratios(17):

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (Transitional/Advanced Approach in 2014)

     14.4     N/A   

Tier 1 common capital ratio

     N/A        12.8

Tier 1 capital ratio (Transitional/Advanced Approach in 2014)

     16.2     15.6

Total capital ratio (Transitional/Advanced Approach in 2014)

     18.8     16.9

Tier 1 leverage ratio (Transitional/Advanced Approach in 2014)(18)

     8.2     7.6

Consolidated assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(19):

    

Investment Management(20)

   $ 398     $ 373  

Wealth Management

     765       692  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,163     $ 1,065  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

N/A—Not Applicable

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa

 

  101   LOGO


Table of Contents

DVA—Debt Valuation Adjustment represents the change in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings resulting from the fluctuation in the Company’s credit spreads and other credit factors.

(1) See Notes 2, 3 and 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2013 Form 10-K and Notes 3 and 13 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for information on redeemable and nonredeemable noncontrolling interests.
(2) See Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for information on discontinued operations.
(3) For the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”), see Note 14 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.
(4) Regional net revenues reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues, on a managed basis. For a further discussion regarding the geographic methodology for net revenues, see Note 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.
(5) Pre-tax profit margin is a non-generally accepted accounting principle (“non-GAAP”) financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess operating performance. Percentages represent income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.
(6) For a discussion of the effective income tax rate, see “Overview of the Quarter and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 Financial Results” herein.
(7) The computation of average common equity for each business segment is determined using the Company’s Required Capital framework (“Required Capital Framework”), an internal capital adequacy measure (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Required Capital” herein). Average common equity for each business segment is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess capital adequacy.
(8) The calculation of each business segment’s return on average common equity uses income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of each business segment’s average common equity. The return on average common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess operating performance. The effective tax rates used in the computation of business segments’ return on average common equity were determined on a separate legal entity basis. To determine the return on consolidated average common equity, excluding the impact of DVA, also a non-GAAP financial measure, both the numerator and the denominator were adjusted to exclude the impact of DVA. The impact of DVA for the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 was 1.0% and (0.7)%, respectively, and the impact of DVA for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 was 0.7% and (0.4)%, respectively.
(9) Average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess capital adequacy. For a discussion of tangible common equity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management” herein.
(10) Return on average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess capital adequacy. The calculation of return on average tangible common equity uses income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average tangible common equity. To determine the return on average tangible common equity, excluding the impact of DVA, also a non-GAAP financial measure, both the numerator and the denominator were adjusted to exclude the impact of DVA. The impact of DVA for the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 was 1.2% and (0.8)%, respectively, and the impact of DVA for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 was 0.9% and (0.4)%, respectively.

 

LOGO   102  


Table of Contents
(11) From time to time, the Company may disclose certain “non-GAAP financial measures” in the course of its earnings releases, earnings conference calls, financial presentations and otherwise. For these purposes, “U.S. GAAP” refers to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission defines a “non-GAAP financial measure” as a numerical measure of historical or future financial performance, financial positions, or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts or is subject to adjustments that effectively exclude, or include, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures disclosed by the Company are provided as additional information to investors in order to provide them with further transparency about, or as an alternative method for assessing, the Company’s financial condition and operating results. These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAP, and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever the Company refers to a non-GAAP financial measure, the Company will also generally present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the non-GAAP financial measure and the U.S. GAAP financial measure.

 

     Three Months  Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
 
      
     2014      2013     2014      2013  

Reconciliation of selected management financial measures from a Non-GAAP to a U.S. GAAP basis (dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

          

Net revenues

          

Net revenues—non-GAAP

   $ 8,692      $ 8,127     $ 26,083      $ 24,961  

Impact of DVA

     215        (171     428        (313
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues—U.S. GAAP

   $ 8,907      $ 7,956     $ 26,511      $ 24,648  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

          

Income applicable to Morgan Stanley—non-GAAP

   $ 1,561      $ 1,011     $ 4,830      $ 3,091  

Impact of DVA

     137        (121     273        (211
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income applicable to Morgan Stanley—U.S. GAAP

   $ 1,698      $ 890     $ 5,103      $ 2,880  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

          

Income from continuing operations per diluted common share—non-GAAP

   $ 0.76      $ 0.50     $ 2.35      $ 1.47  

Impact of DVA

     0.07        (0.06 )     0.14        (0.11
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations per diluted common share—U.S. GAAP

   $ 0.83      $ 0.44     $ 2.49      $ 1.36  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
(12) Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) represent the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries (“U.S. Banks”).
(13) Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $66,898 million at September 30, 2014 and $62,701 million at December 31, 2013 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,958 million at September 30, 2014 and 1,945 million at December 31, 2013.
(14) Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity of $57,261 million at September 30, 2014 and $52,828 million at December 31, 2013 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,958 million at September 30, 2014 and 1,945 million at December 31, 2013. Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy.
(15) Global Liquidity Reserve, which is held within the bank and non-bank legal entities, is comprised of highly liquid and diversified cash and cash equivalents and unencumbered securities. Eligible unencumbered securities include U.S. government securities, U.S. agency securities, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-U.S. government securities and other highly liquid investment grade securities. For a discussion of Global Liquidity Reserve, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.
(16) The Company calculates the average Global Liquidity Reserve based upon daily amounts.
(17) The Company calculates its applicable risk-based capital ratios and risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). For a further discussion of the Company’s methods for calculating its risk-based capital ratios and RWAs, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.
(18) Beginning with the first quarter of 2014, Tier 1 leverage ratio equals Tier 1 capital (calculated under U.S. Basel III Transitional rules) divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, deferred tax assets, certain financial equity investments and other adjustments). In 2013, Tier 1 leverage ratio equaled Tier 1 capital (calculated under U.S. Basel I) divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets, deferred tax assets, and financial and non-financial equity investments).
(19) Revenues and expenses associated with these assets are included in the Company’s Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments.
(20) Amounts exclude the Investment Management business segment’s proportionate share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake.

 

  103   LOGO


Table of Contents

Global Market and Economic Conditions.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, global market and economic conditions displayed an uneven trend from 2013 year-end. The U.S. economy grew at a 3.5% annualized pace in the third quarter of 2014 following a choppy, weather-impacted first half of 2014, declining at a 2.1% annual rate in the first quarter and rebounding 4.6% in the second quarter. The U.S. employment situation continued to improve, with the unemployment rate falling below 6% in September 2014 to 5.9% for the first time in six years. Average wage gains remained slow, however, and inflation is well below the Federal Reserve’s 2% target. The Eurozone economy unexpectedly stalled in the second quarter, and market-based measures of Eurozone inflation expectations fell towards levels inconsistent with the European Central Bank’s 2% inflation target, prompting an announcement of additional easing measures in September 2014, including a cut in the benchmark repurchase rate to 0.05% from 0.15% and in the deposit facility rate to negative 0.20% from negative 0.10%.

By contrast, the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) has continued to see acceleration in its economic recovery, showing real gross domestic product (“GDP”) growth of 3.2% annualized through the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The Japanese economy, meanwhile, saw substantial volatility surrounding a national sales tax hike to 8% from 5% in April, but a 6% annualized rise in first quarter GDP followed by a 7.1% decline in the second quarter resulted in a net contraction in the economy in the first half, and economic data released since have pointed to limited improvement in the third quarter of 2014. In China, the government continued reforms to change the structure of the Chinese economy, accepting a somewhat less rapid growth pace as deleveraging is pursued. Targeted easing measures supported a 7.3% gain in real GDP in the third quarter of 2014, slightly slower than the 7.5% pace in the second quarter of 2014. Elsewhere, emerging markets economic performance have been mixed. Geopolitical concerns have been increasing headwinds in some areas, but lower U.S. yields despite the continuation of the Federal Reserve’s slowing the pace of its quantitative easing program have reduced market pressures.

In the U.S., the NASDAQ and the S&P 500 indices ended the third quarter of 2014 higher compared with the beginning of the quarter and the year, while the Dow Jones Industrial Average was higher year-to-date through September 30, 2014, supported by the relative strength of the U.S. economy. During the quarter ended September 30, 2014, household spending growth was sluggish, but business investment grew more rapidly. Recovery in the housing market has remained slow, hampered by tight mortgage lending conditions. Substantial fiscal consolidation at both the federal, state and local levels in recent years has been far smaller in 2014 than in 2013 and less of a drag on economic growth. On September 17, 2014, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) of the Federal Reserve stated that the economy is “expanding at a moderate pace” and that risks to the economic outlook were “nearly balanced,” while “the likelihood of inflation running persistently below 2 percent has diminished somewhat since early this year.” As previously announced, the FOMC ended its quantitative easing program with the final $15 billion reduction in monthly bond purchases in October 2014. At September 30, 2014, the federal funds target rate remained between 0.0% and 0.25%, while the discount rate remained at 0.75%.

In Europe, major equity market indices were generally lower during the third quarter of 2014 compared with the beginning of the quarter and the year, with the exception of the CAC 40 in France which was higher for the year-to-date through September 30, 2014. Euro-area GDP growth stalled in the second quarter of 2014, and to further stimulate economic activity, the European Central Bank lowered its benchmark interest rates to record lows during the third quarter of 2014 and announced asset-backed securities and covered bond purchase programs. At September 30, 2014, the Bank of England’s (“BOE”) benchmark interest rate was 0.5%, which was unchanged from December 31, 2013, and BOE asset purchases remained at £375 billon, also unchanged from December 31, 2013.

Major equity market indices in Asia ended the third quarter of 2014 higher compared with the beginning of the quarter, with the exception of the Hang Seng index in Hong Kong. For the year-to-date through September 30, 2014, major equity market indices in Asia also ended higher except for those in Japan and Hong Kong. Japan’s

 

LOGO   104  


Table of Contents

economy appeared to be struggling to return to growth during the third quarter of 2014 after a significant contraction during the second quarter of 2014. China’s annual rate of economic growth has slowed slightly but remained over 7%, which is strong compared with the rest of the world. Nonetheless, the Chinese economy still faces downward pressure which the government hopes to counteract through targeted measures to boost growth. The Chinese government’s announced reforms reflect its intention to restructure its economy away from reliance on exports and investments and toward more sustainable growth driven by domestic consumption.

Overview of the Quarter and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 Financial Results.

Consolidated Results.    The Company recorded net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $1,693 million on net revenues of $8,907 million during the quarter ended September 30, 2014 (“current quarter”) compared with net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $906 million on net revenues of $7,956 million during the quarter ended September 30, 2013 (“prior year quarter”).

Net revenues in the current quarter included positive revenues due to the impact of DVA of $215 million compared with negative revenues of $171 million in the prior year quarter. Non-interest expenses increased 1% to $6,687 million in the current quarter compared with $6,591 million in the prior year quarter. Compensation expenses increased 6% to $4,214 million in the current quarter compared with $3,966 million in the prior year quarter. Non-compensation expenses decreased 6% to $2,473 million in the current quarter compared with $2,625 million in the prior year quarter.

Earnings per diluted common share (“diluted EPS”) and diluted EPS from continuing operations were $0.83 and $0.83, respectively, in the current quarter compared with $0.45 and $0.44, respectively, in the prior year quarter.

Excluding the impact of DVA, net revenues were $8,692 million and diluted EPS from continuing operations were $0.76 per share in the current quarter compared with $8,127 million and $0.50 per share, respectively, in the prior year quarter. The presentation of net revenues excluding the impact of DVA is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers useful for the Company and investors to allow further comparability of period-to-period operating performance.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company recorded net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $5,097 million on net revenues of $26,511 million, compared with net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $2,848 million on net revenues of $24,648 million in the prior year period. Non-interest expenses were $19,989 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and $19,888 in the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Diluted EPS and diluted EPS from continuing operations were $2.49 and $2.49, respectively, in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared with $1.34 and $1.36, respectively, in the prior year period. The diluted EPS calculation for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 included a negative adjustment of approximately $151 million, or $0.08 per diluted share, related to the purchase of the retail securities joint venture between the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) (the “Wealth Management JV”), which was completed in June 2013.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations was 20.9% and 19.4% for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. The results for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 included a discrete net tax benefit of $237 million primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 also included a discrete net tax benefit of $609 million principally associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax authority examination. Excluding these discrete net tax benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 would have been 31.5% and 32.3%, respectively.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations was 26.6% and 27.1% for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. The results for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013 included a discrete net tax benefit of $73 million that is attributable to tax planning strategies

 

  105   LOGO


Table of Contents

to optimize foreign tax credit utilization as a result of the anticipated repatriation of earnings from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 also included a discrete net tax benefit of $142 million due to the retroactive effective date of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “Relief Act”) and remeasurement of reserves and related interest based on new information regarding the status of certain tax authority examinations. Excluding these discrete net tax benefits, the effective tax rate for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013 would have been 31.9% and 31.6%, respectively. The effective tax rates excluding the discrete net tax benefits for the quarters and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 are reflective of the geographic mix of earnings.

In September 2014, the Company sold retail property space resulting in a gain of $141 million (Institutional Securities $84 million, Wealth Management $40 million and Investment Management $17 million), which was included within Other revenues on the condensed consolidated statement of income.

Institutional Securities.    Income from continuing operations before taxes was $1,226 million in the current quarter compared with $397 million in the prior year quarter. Net revenues for the current quarter were $4,516 million compared with $3,710 million in the prior year quarter. The results in the current quarter included positive revenues due to the impact of DVA of $215 million compared with negative revenues of $171 million in the prior year quarter. Investment banking revenues for the current quarter increased 35% from the prior year quarter to $1,340 million, reflecting increases principally across equity underwriting and advisory revenues. Equity sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, of $1,784 million increased 4% from the prior year quarter, reflecting strong performance in prime brokerage primarily reflecting higher client balances, partially offset by a decrease in derivatives revenues reflecting an unfavorable volatility environment. Excluding the impact of DVA, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues of $997 million increased 19% from the prior year quarter. The increase primarily reflected revenue increases in foreign exchange driven by a favorable market environment and securitized products, reflecting higher client activity. These increases were partially offset by lower revenues from credit products primarily driven by lower levels of client activity and in commodities, reflecting a challenging trading environment with lower energy prices and the absence of revenues relating to TransMontaigne Inc. which was sold on July 1, 2014 (see also “Global Oil Merchanting Business, CanTerm and TransMontaigne” herein). Non-interest expenses decreased 1% in the current quarter to $3,290 million, primarily due to lower non-compensation expenses.

Wealth Management.    Income from continuing operations before taxes was $806 million in the current quarter compared with $668 million in the prior year quarter. Net revenues were $3,785 million in the current quarter compared with $3,481 million in the prior year quarter. Transactional revenues, consisting of Trading, Commissions and fees and Investment banking decreased 10% from the prior year quarter to $912 million. Investment banking revenues increased 21% from the prior year quarter to $224 million in the current quarter, primarily due to higher levels of underwriting activity in closed-end funds and higher revenues from unit investment trusts and structured products. Trading revenues decreased 42% from the prior year quarter to $185 million in the current quarter, primarily due to losses in the current quarter related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans compared with gains in the prior year quarter and lower revenues from fixed income trading. Commissions and fees revenues decreased 1% from the prior year quarter to $503 million in the current quarter, primarily due to lower equity activity. Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 14% from the prior year quarter to $2,158 million in the current quarter, primarily due to higher fee-based revenues, partially offset by lower revenues from referral fees from the bank deposit program. Net interest increased 22% from the prior year quarter to $601 million in the current quarter, primarily due to higher lending balances. Total client asset balances were $2,003 billion and total client liability balances were $48 billion at September 30, 2014. Balances in the bank deposit program were $129 billion at September 30, 2014 which included deposits held by Company-affiliated Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured depository institutions of $116 billion at September 30, 2014. Client assets in fee-based accounts were $768 billion, or 38% of total client assets at September 30, 2014. Fee-based client asset flows for the current quarter were $6.5 billion compared with $15.0 billion in the prior year quarter. Non-interest expenses were $2,979 million in the current quarter compared with $2,813 million in the prior year quarter.

 

LOGO   106  


Table of Contents

Investment Management.    Income from continuing operations before taxes was $188 million in the current quarter compared with $300 million in the prior year quarter. Net revenues were $655 million in the current quarter compared with $828 million in the prior year quarter. The decrease in net revenues was primarily related to lower net investment gains and the non-recurrence of an additional allocation of fund income to the Company as general partner, in the prior year quarter, upon exceeding cumulative fund performance thresholds (“carried interest”) in the Company’s Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses and lower gains from investments in the Company’s deferred compensation plan. Results also reflected lower revenues of $62 million from the prior year quarter, on investments in the Real Estate Investing business driven by the deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company in the second quarter of 2014. Non-interest expenses were $467 million in the current quarter compared with $528 million in the prior year quarter, primarily due to lower compensation and benefit expenses.

 

  107   LOGO


Table of Contents

Business Segments.

Substantially all of the Company’s operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to its business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Intersegment Eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Wealth Management business segment related to the bank deposit program.

Net Revenues.

Trading.    Trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company acts as a market maker as well as gains and losses on the Company’s related positions. Trading revenues include the realized gains and losses from sales of cash instruments and derivative settlements, unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of the Company’s positions related to market-making activities, and gains and losses related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. In many markets, the realized and unrealized gains and losses from the purchase and sale transactions will include any spreads between bids and offers. Certain fees received on loans carried at fair value and dividends from equity securities are also recorded in this line item since they relate to market-making positions. Commissions received for purchasing and selling listed equity securities and options are recorded separately in the Commissions and fees line item. Other cash and derivative instruments typically do not have fees associated with them, and fees for related services would be recorded in Commissions and fees.

The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits. Compensation expense is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for upward and downward changes in fair value of the referenced investment and is recognized ratably over the prescribed vesting period for the award. Generally, changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in fair value of the referenced investment will be offset by changes in fair value of investments made by the Company. However, there may be a timing difference between the immediate revenue recognition of gains and losses on the Company’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period.

As a market maker, the Company stands ready to buy, sell or otherwise transact with customers under a variety of market conditions and provide firm or indicative prices in response to customer requests. The Company’s liquidity obligations can be explicit and obligatory in some cases, and in others, customers expect the Company to be willing to transact with them. In order to most effectively fulfill its market-making function, the Company engages in activities, across all of its trading businesses, that include, but are not limited to: (i) taking positions in anticipation of, and in response to, customer demand to buy or sell and—depending on the liquidity of the relevant market and the size of the position—to hold those positions for a period of time; (ii) managing and assuming basis risk (risk associated with imperfect hedging) between customized customer risks and the standardized products available in the market to hedge those risks; (iii) building, maintaining and rebalancing inventory, through trades with other market participants, and engaging in accumulation activities to accommodate anticipated customer demand; (iv) trading in the market to remain current on pricing and trends; and (v) engaging in other activities to provide efficiency and liquidity for markets. Although not included in Trading revenues, interest income and expense are also impacted by market-making activities as debt securities held by the Company earn interest and securities are loaned, borrowed, sold with agreement to repurchase and purchased with agreement to resell.

 

LOGO   108  


Table of Contents

Investments.    The Company’s investments generally are held for long-term appreciation and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions. In some cases, such investments are required or are a necessary part of offering other products. The revenues recorded are the result of realized gains and losses from sales and unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of the Company’s holdings as well as from investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans (as mentioned above). Typically, there are no fee revenues from these investments. The sales restrictions on the investments relate primarily to redemption and withdrawal restrictions on investments in real estate funds, hedge funds and private equity funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans (see Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1). Restrictions on interests in exchanges and clearinghouses generally include a requirement to hold those interests for the period of time that the Company is clearing trades on that exchange or clearinghouse. Additionally, there are certain investments related to assets held by consolidated real estate funds, which are primarily related to holders of noncontrolling interests.

Commissions and Fees.    Commission and fee revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities, services related to sales and trading activities, and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees include fees associated with the management and supervision of assets, account services and administration, performance-based fees relating to certain funds, separately managed accounts, shareholder servicing and the distribution of certain open-ended mutual funds.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees in the Wealth Management business segment also include revenues from individual investors electing a fee-based pricing arrangement and fees for investment management. Mutual fund distribution fees in the Wealth Management business segment are based on either the average daily fund net asset balances or average daily aggregate net fund sales and are affected by changes in the overall level and mix of assets under management or supervision.

Asset management fees in the Investment Management business segment arise from investment management services the Company provides to investment vehicles pursuant to various contractual arrangements. The Company receives fees primarily based upon mutual fund daily average net assets or based on monthly or quarterly invested equity for other vehicles. Performance-based fees in the Investment Management business segment are earned on certain funds as a percentage of appreciation earned by those funds and, in certain cases, are based upon the achievement of performance criteria. These fees are normally earned annually and are recognized on a monthly or quarterly basis.

Net Interest.    Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including trading assets and trading liabilities; available for sale securities (“AFS Securities”); securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell; securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase; loans; deposits; commercial paper and other short-term borrowings; long-term borrowings; trading strategies; customer activity in the Company’s prime brokerage business; and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates. Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) and Securities borrowed and Securities loaned transactions may be entered into with different customers using the same underlying securities, thereby generating a spread between the interest income on the reverse repurchase agreements or securities borrowed transactions and the interest expense on the repurchase agreements or securities loaned transactions.

 

  109   LOGO


Table of Contents

Compensation Expense.

The Company’s compensation and benefits expense includes accruals for base salaries and fixed allowances, formulaic programs, estimated discretionary incentive compensation, amortization of deferred cash and equity awards, changes in fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments and other items such as health and welfare benefits. The factors that drive compensation for the Company’s employees vary from quarter to quarter, segment to segment, and within a segment. For certain revenue-producing employees in the Company’s Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, their compensation is largely paid on the basis of formulaic payouts that link their compensation to revenue. Compensation for certain employees, including revenue-producing employees in the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment, may also include incentive compensation that is determined following the assessment of the Company, business unit and individual performance. Compensation for the Company’s remaining employees is largely fixed in nature (e.g., base salary, benefits, etc.).

 

LOGO   110  


Table of Contents

INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014             2013             2014             2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Revenues:

        

Investment banking

   $ 1,340     $ 992     $ 3,908     $ 3,015  

Trading

     2,262       1,959       7,226       6,971  

Investments

     39       337       210       530  

Commissions and fees

     629       571       1,936       1,829  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     66       72       213       207  

Other

     225       165       523       477  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

     4,561       4,096       14,016       13,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     859       847       2,498       2,692  

Interest expense

     904       1,233       3,074       3,545  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     (45     (386     (576     (853
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

     4,516       3,710       13,440       12,176  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

     1,779       1,617       5,354       5,272  

Non-compensation expenses

     1,511       1,696       4,484       4,711  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     3,290       3,313       9,838       9,983  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     1,226       397       3,602       2,193  

Provision for income taxes

     88       24       170       410  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     1,138       373       3,432       1,783  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

     (9     (9     (18     (67

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (3     (5     (7     (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (losses) from discontinued operations

     (6     (4     (11     (41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1,132       369       3,421       1,742  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     —         —         —         1  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     41       48       77       234  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,091     $ 321     $ 3,344     $ 1,507  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1,097     $ 325     $ 3,355     $ 1,548  

Income (losses) from discontinued operations

     (6     (4     (11     (41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,091     $ 321     $ 3,344     $ 1,507  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  111   LOGO


Table of Contents

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014              2013              2014              2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Advisory revenues

   $ 392      $ 275      $ 1,146      $ 859  

Underwriting revenues:

           

Equity underwriting revenues

     464        236        1,268        846  

Fixed income underwriting revenues

     484        481        1,494        1,310  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total underwriting revenues

     948        717        2,762        2,156  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment banking revenues

   $ 1,340      $ 992      $ 3,908      $ 3,015  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents the Company’s volumes of announced and completed mergers and acquisitions, equity and equity-related offerings, and fixed income offerings:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014(1)              2013(1)              2014(1)              2013(1)      
     (dollars in billions)  

Announced mergers and acquisitions(2)

   $ 113      $ 230      $ 680      $ 400  

Completed mergers and acquisitions(2)

     104        77        416        412  

Equity and equity-related offerings(3)

     21        10        55        40  

Fixed income offerings(4)

     62        72        210        222  

 

(1) Source: Thomson Reuters, data at October 16, 2014. Announced and completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction. Equity and equity-related offerings and fixed income offerings are based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or change in the value of a transaction.
(2) Amounts include transactions of $100 million or more. Announced mergers and acquisitions exclude terminated transactions.
(3) Amounts include Rule 144A and public common stock, convertible and rights offerings.
(4) Amounts include non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities and taxable municipal debt. Amounts also include publicly registered and Rule 144A issues. Amounts exclude leveraged loans and self-led issuances.

Investment banking revenues for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 increased 35% from the comparable period in 2013, reflecting increases principally across equity underwriting and advisory revenues. Overall, underwriting revenues of $948 million increased 32% from the quarter ended September 30, 2013. Equity underwriting revenues increased 97% to $464 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014, reflecting increased activity across all regions and higher initial public offering volume. Fixed income underwriting revenues of $484 million increased 1% from the comparable period in 2013 reflecting a continuing active leverage finance environment. Advisory revenues from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions (“M&A”) were $392 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014, an increase of 43% from the comparable period of 2013, reflecting increased levels of completed M&A activity. Industry-wide announced M&A activity for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 increased compared with the quarter ended September 30, 2013, with increases across all regions.

Investment banking revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 increased 30% from the comparable period in 2013, due to higher revenues from equity and fixed income underwriting transactions reflecting higher global equity market volumes and a favorable debt underwriting environment as well as increased advisory revenues resulting from increased M&A activity primarily driven by the Americas and Asia.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues.    Sales and trading net revenues are composed of Trading revenues; Commissions and fees; Asset management, distribution and administration fees; and Net interest income

 

LOGO   112  


Table of Contents

(expenses). See “Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for information about the composition of the above-referenced components of sales and trading revenues. In assessing the profitability of its sales and trading activities, the Company views these net revenues in the aggregate. In addition, decisions relating to trading are based on an overall review of aggregate revenues and costs associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions and fees, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging the Company’s positions, and other related expenses. See Note 10 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information related to gains (losses) on derivative instruments.

Sales and trading net revenues were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014         2013(1)         2014         2013(1)  
     (dollars in millions)  

Trading

   $ 2,262     $ 1,959     $ 7,226     $ 6,971  

Commissions and fees

     629       571       1,936       1,829  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     66       72       213       207  

Net interest

     (45     (386     (576     (853
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

   $ 2,912     $ 2,216     $ 8,799     $ 8,154  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) All prior-period amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation. For further information, see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Sales and trading net revenues by business were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014         2013(1)         2014         2013(1)  
     (dollars in millions)  

Equity

   $ 1,867     $ 1,680     $ 5,448     $ 5,109  

Fixed income and commodities

     1,129       694       3,920       3,185  

Other(2)

     (84     (158     (569     (140
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

   $ 2,912     $ 2,216     $ 8,799     $ 8,154  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) All prior-period amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation. For further information, see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.
(2) Amounts include net losses associated with costs related to the amount of liquidity held (“negative carry”), net gains (losses) on economic hedges related to the Company’s long-term debt and net gains (losses) from certain loans and lending commitments and related hedges associated with the Company’s lending activities.

 

  113   LOGO


Table of Contents

The following sales and trading net revenues results exclude the impact of DVA (see footnote 2 in the following table). The reconciliation of sales and trading, including equity sales and trading and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues, from a non-GAAP to a GAAP basis is as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014              2013(1)             2014              2013(1)      
     (dollars in millions)  

Total sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(2)

   $ 2,697      $ 2,387     $ 8,371      $ 8,467  

Impact of DVA

     215        (171     428        (313
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

   $ 2,912      $ 2,216     $ 8,799      $ 8,154  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(2)

   $ 1,784      $ 1,710     $ 5,278      $ 5,104  

Impact of DVA

     83        (30     170        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity sales and trading net revenues

   $ 1,867      $ 1,680     $ 5,448      $ 5,109  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(2)

   $ 997      $ 835     $ 3,662      $ 3,503  

Impact of DVA

     132        (141     258        (318
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues

   $ 1,129      $ 694     $ 3,920      $ 3,185  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) All prior-period amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation. For further information, see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.
(2) Sales and trading net revenues, including equity and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues that exclude the impact of DVA, are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers useful for the Company and investors to allow further comparability of period-to-period operating performance.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues in the Quarter Ended September 30, 2014.

Equity.    Equity sales and trading net revenues increased 11% to $1,867 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period in 2013. The results in equity sales and trading net revenues included positive revenue due to the impact of DVA of $83 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 compared with negative revenue of $30 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2013. Equity sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, increased 4% to $1,784 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period in 2013, reflecting strong performance in prime brokerage primarily reflecting higher client balances partially offset by a decrease in derivatives revenues reflecting an unfavorable volatility environment.

Changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the changes in counterparties’ and the Company’s credit default swap (“CDS”) spreads and other factors did not have a material impact on equity sales and trading net revenues for the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

Fixed Income and Commodities.    Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues increased 63% to $1,129 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 from $694 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2013. Results in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 included positive revenue of $132 million due to the impact of DVA compared with negative revenue of $141 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2013. Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 increased 19% over the comparable period in 2013. Fixed income product net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, increased 53% primarily reflecting revenue increases in foreign exchange driven by a favorable market environment and securitized products, reflecting higher client activity. These increases were partially offset by lower revenues from credit products primarily driven by lower levels of client activity. Commodity net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, decreased 88% (inclusive of net revenues in the

 

LOGO   114  


Table of Contents

Company’s global oil merchanting business) primarily reflecting a challenging trading environment with lower energy prices and the absence of revenues relating to TransMontaigne Inc. which was sold on July 1, 2014 (see also “Global Oil Merchanting Business, CanTerm and TransMontaigne” herein).

Changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of counterparties’ CDS spreads and other factors did not have a material impact on fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 compared with gains of $28 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2013. The Company also recorded gains of $65 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the Company’s CDS spreads and other factors compared with losses of $63 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2013, due to the tightening of such spreads and other factors. The gains and losses on CDS spreads and other factors include gains and losses on related hedging instruments.

Other.    In addition to the equity and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues discussed above, sales and trading net revenues included other trading revenues, consisting of costs related to negative carry, gains (losses) on economic hedges related to the Company’s long-term borrowings and certain activities associated with the Company’s corporate lending activities.

Other sales and trading recognized negative net revenues of $84 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 compared with negative net revenues of $158 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2013, reflecting lower costs related to the Company’s long-term borrowings and higher corporate lending and commitment revenues, partly offset by losses related to investments in the Company’s deferred compensation plans.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues in the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014.

Equity.    Equity sales and trading net revenues increased 7% to $5,448 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period in 2013. The results in equity sales and trading net revenues included positive revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 of $170 million due to the impact of DVA compared with positive revenue of approximately $5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Equity sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 increased 3% over the comparable period in 2013, primarily due to higher revenues in the prime brokerage business partially offset by lower revenues in derivatives.

Changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the changes in counterparties’ and the Company’s CDS spreads and other factors did not have a material impact on equity sales and trading net revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

Fixed Income and Commodities.    Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues increased 23% to $3,920 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period in 2013. Results in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 included positive revenue of $258 million due to the impact of DVA, compared with negative revenue of $318 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 increased 5% over the comparable period in 2013 as higher commodity net revenues were partially offset by lower fixed income product results. Fixed income product net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, decreased 4% primarily related to declines in foreign exchange and credit products on lower levels of volatility partially offset by higher results in interest rate and securitized products. In the nine months ended September 30, 2014, Commodity net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, increased 55% (inclusive of increased net revenues from the Company’s global oil merchanting business and TransMontaigne Inc.) primarily reflecting broad based strength across energy products, driven by increased client demand and extreme weather in the northeast U.S. early in the year (see “Global Oil Merchanting Business, CanTerm and TransMontaigne” herein).

In the nine months ended September 30, 2014, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues reflected gains of $48 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of counterparties’ CDS spreads and other factors compared with gains of $90 million in the nine

 

  115   LOGO


Table of Contents

months ended September 30, 2013. The Company also recorded losses of $30 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the Company’s CDS spreads and other factors compared with losses of $10 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The gains and losses on CDS spreads and other factors include gains and losses on related hedging instruments.

Other.    In the nine months ended September 30, 2014, other sales and trading recognized negative net revenues of $569 million compared with negative net revenues of $140 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Results in both periods included losses related to negative carry and losses on economic hedges and other costs related to the Company’s long-term borrowings. Results in both periods also included net revenues from corporate loans and lending commitments, which were $191 million and $348 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Investments.    Net investment gains of $39 million and $210 million were recognized in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, compared with net investment gains of $337 million and $530 million in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. The results in all periods primarily included mark-to-market gains on principal investments and net gains from investments associated with the Company’s deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Results from the prior year periods also included an increase in the fair value of an investment in an insurance broker as a result of its anticipated disposition which occurred in October 2013.

Other.    Other revenues of $225 million and $523 million were recognized in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, compared with other revenues of $165 million and $477 million in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. The results in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, primarily included income of $55 million and $146 million, respectively, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd., compared with income of $188 million and $487 million, in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively (see Note 19 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1). For the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, Other revenues also included a $101 million gain on sale of the Company’s ownership stake in TransMontaigne Inc. (see “Global Oil Merchanting Business, CanTerm and TransMontaigne” herein), and a gain on sale of a retail property space of $84 million.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses decreased by 1% for both the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, compared with the prior year periods. The decrease in both periods was primarily due to lower non-compensation expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses increased by 10% and 2% in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, compared with the prior year periods. The increase for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 was primarily due to higher estimated discretionary incentive-based compensation and an increase in base salaries and fixed allowances, partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments. The increase for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was primarily due to an increase in base salaries and fixed allowances, partially offset by lower severance expenses. Non-compensation expenses decreased 11% and 5% for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, compared with the prior year periods. The decrease in both periods was primarily due to lower litigation expenses, partially offset by higher professional services expenses.

Discontinued Operations.

For a discussion about discontinued operations, see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests primarily relate to Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.’s interest in Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (see Note 19 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

 

LOGO   116  


Table of Contents

Global Oil Merchanting Business, CanTerm and TransMontaigne.

On December 20, 2013, the Company and a subsidiary of Rosneft Oil Company (“Rosneft”) entered into a Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company would sell the global oil merchanting unit of its commodities division (the “global oil merchanting business”) to Rosneft. In the current environment there can be no assurance that the transaction will close, particularly in light of the existing contractual requirement that all necessary approvals be received by December 20, 2014, when the Purchase Agreement will expire. The Company continues to operate the global oil merchanting business in the ordinary course, and should the transaction not close, the Company would consider a variety of options that take into account the interests of the Company’s shareholders, clients and employees. For the foregoing reasons, the global oil merchanting business is no longer classified as held for sale.

On March 27, 2014, the Company completed the sale of Canterm Canadian Terminals Inc. (“CanTerm”), a public storage terminal operator for refined products with two distribution terminals in Canada. Due to a change in the Company’s expected level of continuing involvement with CanTerm, it is no longer considered to be a discontinued operation, and as such, the results of CanTerm are reported as a component of continuing operations within the Institutional Securities business segment for all periods presented.

On July 1, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its ownership stake in TransMontaigne Inc., a U.S.-based oil storage, marketing and transportation company, as well as related physical inventory and the assumption of the Company’s obligations under certain terminal storage contracts, to NGL Energy Partners LP. The gain on sale, which was included in continuing operations, was approximately $101 million for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014.

 

  117   LOGO


Table of Contents

WEALTH MANAGEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

    Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
        2014             2013             2014             2013      
    (dollars in millions)  

Revenues:

       

Investment banking

  $ 224     $ 185     $ 618     $ 717  

Trading

    185       317       727       838  

Investments

    2       4       8       9  

Commissions and fees

    503       507       1,554       1,633  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

    2,158       1,900       6,243       5,654  

Other

    112       75       254       279  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

    3,184       2,988       9,404       9,130  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

    649       532       1,846       1,531  

Interest expense

    48       39       128       179  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

    601       493       1,718       1,352  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

    3,785       3,481       11,122       10,482  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

    2,182       2,017       6,537       6,124  

Non-compensation expenses

    797       796       2,321       2,438  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

    2,979       2,813       8,858       8,562  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    806       668       2,264       1,920  

Provision for income taxes

    324       238       888       687  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

    482       430       1,376       1,233  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

       

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

    —         —         —         (1

Provision for income taxes

    —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    —         —         —         (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    482       430       1,376       1,232  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         221  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $ 482     $ 430     $ 1,376     $ 1,011  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

       

Income from continuing operations

  $ 482     $ 430     $ 1,376     $ 1,012  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    —         —         —         (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $ 482     $ 430     $ 1,376     $ 1,011  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   118  


Table of Contents

Statistical Data (dollars in billions, except where noted).

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014             2013             2014             2013      

Annualized revenues per representative (dollars in thousands)(1)

   $ 932     $ 848     $ 908     $ 854  

Fee-based asset flows(2)

   $ 6.5     $ 15.0     $ 38.0     $ 40.3  

Client assets

   $ 2,003     $ 1,825     $ 2,003     $ 1,825  

Fee-based client assets(3)

   $ 768     $ 652     $ 768     $ 652  

Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets(3)

     38     36     38     36

Client assets per representative (dollars in millions)(4)

   $ 124     $ 110     $ 124     $ 110  

 

     At
September 30,
2014
     At
December 31,
2013
 

Client liabilities

   $ 48      $ 39   

Bank deposit program(5)

   $ 129      $ 134   

Wealth Management U.S. Bank data(6):

     

AFS Securities portfolio

   $ 52.5      $ 53.4   

Wealth Management representatives

     16,162        16,456   

Retail locations

     631        649   

 

(1) Annualized revenues per representative for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 equal the Wealth Management business segment’s annualized revenues divided by the average representative headcount for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2) Fee-based asset flows include dividends, interest and client fees and exclude cash management related activity.
(3) Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.
(4) Client assets per representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end representative headcount.
(5) Balances in the bank deposit program included deposits held by the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries (MSBNA and MSPBNA) of $116 billion and $104 billion at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, with the remainder held at Citi-affiliated FDIC insured depositories. See Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further discussion of the Company’s customer deposits held by Citi.
(6) Wealth Management U.S. Bank refers to the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries MSBNA and MSPBNA.

Wealth Management JV.    On June 28, 2013, the Company completed the purchase of the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV for $4.725 billion. As the 100% owner of the Wealth Management JV, the Company retains all of the related net income previously applicable to the noncontrolling interests in the Wealth Management JV, and benefits from the termination of certain related debt and operating agreements with the Wealth Management JV partner.

Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company was terminated. During the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, $5 billion and $14 billion, respectively, of deposits held by Citi relating to the Company’s customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At September 30, 2014, approximately $13 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015.

For further information, see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

 

  119   LOGO


Table of Contents

Net Revenues.    The Wealth Management business segment’s net revenues are comprised of Transactional, Asset management, Net interest and Other revenues. Transactional revenues include Investment banking, Trading, and Commissions and fees. Asset management revenues include Asset management, distribution and administration fees, and referral fees related to the bank deposit program. Net interest income includes interest related to the bank deposit program, interest on AFS Securities, interest on lending activities and other net interest. Other revenues include revenues from AFS Securities, customer account services fees, other miscellaneous revenues and revenues from Investments.

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014              2013              2014              2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Net revenues:

           

Transactional

   $ 912      $ 1,009      $ 2,899      $ 3,188  

Asset management

     2,158        1,900        6,243        5,654  

Net interest

     601        493        1,718        1,352  

Other

     114        79        262        288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 3,785      $ 3,481      $ 11,122      $ 10,482  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Transactional.

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues increased 21% to $224 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to higher levels of underwriting activity in closed-end funds and higher revenues from unit investment trusts and structured products. Investment banking revenues decreased 14% to $618 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to lower levels of underwriting activity in closed-end funds, partially offset by higher revenues from unit investment trusts.

Trading.    Trading revenues decreased 42% to $185 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to losses in the current quarter related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans compared with gains in the prior year quarter and lower revenues from fixed income trading. Trading revenues decreased 13% to $727 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to lower gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and lower revenues from fixed income trading.

Commissions and Fees.    Commissions and fees revenues decreased 1% to $503 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, and decreased 5% to $1,554 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to lower equity activity. The decrease in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was also due to lower insurance and mutual fund activity.

Asset Management.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 14% to $2,158 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, and increased 10% to $6,243 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to higher fee-based revenues, partially offset by lower revenues from referral fees from the bank deposit program. The referral fees for deposits placed with Citi-affiliated depository institutions declined to $17 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 from $47 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2013. The referral fees for deposits placed with Citi-affiliated depository institutions declined to $68 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 from $203 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The decline in both periods partly reflected the ongoing transfer of deposits to the Company from Citi.

 

LOGO   120  


Table of Contents

Balances in the bank deposit program were $129 billion at September 30, 2014 and $134 billion at December 31, 2013, which included deposits held by the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries (MSBNA and MSPBNA) of $116 billion at September 30, 2014 and $104 billion at December 31, 2013.

Client assets in fee-based accounts increased to $768 billion and represented 38% of total client assets at September 30, 2014 compared with $652 billion and 36% at September 30, 2013, respectively. Total client asset balances increased to $2,003 billion at September 30, 2014 from $1,825 billion at September 30, 2013, primarily due to the impact of market appreciation and favorable flows. Fee-based client asset flows for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 were $6.5 billion compared with $15.0 billion in the quarter ended September 30, 2013.

Net Interest.

Net interest increased 22% to $601 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013 and increased 27% to $1,718 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013, primarily due to higher lending balances. Total client liability balances increased to $48 billion at September 30, 2014 from $39 billion at December 31, 2013, primarily due to higher growth from Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) securities-based lending products and residential mortgage loans. The loans and lending commitments in the Company’s Wealth Management business segment have grown in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, and the Company expects this trend to continue. See “Other Matters—U.S. Banks Lending Activities” herein and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk—Lending Activities” in Item 3.

Other.

Other revenues were $112 million and $254 million in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, compared with $75 million and $279 million in the comparable periods of 2013. The quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 included a $40 million gain on sale of a retail property space. The decrease in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 primarily reflected a gain on sale of the global stock plan business in the prior year period and lower AFS Securities portfolio gains and other fees.

Non-interest Expenses.

Non-interest expenses increased 6% and 3% in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, from the comparable periods of 2013. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 8% and 7% in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, from the comparable periods of 2013, primarily due to a higher formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives linked to higher net revenues, partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments. Non-compensation expenses were essentially unchanged from the prior year and decreased 5% in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 from the comparable period of 2013. The quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 reflected a provision related to a recission offer, see “Other Matters—Prospectus Delivery” herein, which was offset by the absence of costs incurred in the prior year periods in conjunction with the purchase of the remaining interest in the Wealth Management JV. Other expenses decreased 5% and 11% in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, from the comparable periods of 2013, primarily due to lower amortization expense and a lower FDIC assessment on deposits partially offset by costs related to a recission offer noted above. The decrease in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was also due to a $14 million insurance recovery in the prior quarter. Information processing and communication expenses decreased 1% and 12% in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, from the comparable periods of 2013, primarily due to lower technology infrastructure costs.

 

  121   LOGO


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014             2013             2014             2013      
     (dollars in millions)  

Revenues:

        

Investment banking

   $  —       $ 1     $ 5     $ 7  

Trading

     4       (21     (22     26  

Investments

     97       387       506       715  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     519       450       1,510       1,378  

Other

     37       11       103       25  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

     657       828       2,102       2,151  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     —         2       2       7  

Interest expense

     2       2       17       12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     (2     —         (15     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

     655       828       2,087       2,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

     253       332       829       888  

Non-compensation expenses

     214       196       602       611  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     467       528       1,431       1,499  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     188       300       656       647  

Provision for income taxes

     51       101       205       191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     137       199       451       456  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

        

Income from discontinued operations before income taxes

     1       8       7       9  

Provision for income taxes

     —         —         2       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations

     1       8       5       9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     138       207       456       465  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     18       64       79       136  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 120     $ 143     $ 377     $ 329  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 119     $ 135     $ 372     $ 320  

Income from discontinued operations

     1       8       5       9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 120     $ 143     $ 377     $ 329  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   122  


Table of Contents

Statistical Data.

The Investment Management business segment’s period-end and average assets under management or supervision were as follows:

 

    At
September 30,
    Average for the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Average for the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
        2014             2013             2014             2013             2014             2013      
    (dollars in billions)  

Assets under management or supervision by asset class:

           

Traditional Asset Management:

           

Equity

  $ 143     $ 133     $ 148     $ 129     $ 145     $ 128  

Fixed income

    65       58       64       58       62       61  

Liquidity

    126       110       122       108       117       103  

Alternatives(1)

    35       30       35       29       34       28  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Traditional Asset Management

    369       331       369       324       358       320  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real Estate Investing

    20       20       20       20       21       20  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Merchant Banking

    9       9       9       9       8       9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets under management or supervision

  $ 398     $ 360     $ 398     $ 353     $ 387     $ 349  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of minority stake assets(2)

  $ 7     $ 6     $ 7     $ 6     $ 7     $ 6  

 

(1) The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.
(2) Amounts represent the Investment Management business segment’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake.

Activity in the Investment Management business segment’s assets under management or supervision during the quarters and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2014             2013             2014             2013      
     (dollars in billions)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 396     $ 347     $ 373     $ 338  

Net flows by asset class:

        

Traditional Asset Management:

        

Equity

     (3     —         1       —    

Fixed income

     5       (3     4       (3

Liquidity

     5       4       14       10  

Alternatives(1)

     —         1       3       2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Traditional Asset Management

     7       2       22       9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real Estate Investing

     —         —         (2     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Merchant Banking

     1       —         2       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net flows

     8       2       22       9  

Net market appreciation (depreciation)

     (6     11       3       13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net increase

     2       13       25       22  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 398     $ 360     $ 398     $ 360  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.

 

  123   LOGO


Table of Contents

Trading.    The Company recognized a gain of $4 million and a loss of $22 million in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, compared with a loss of $21 million and a gain of $26 million in the comparable periods of 2013. Trading results in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 primarily reflected gains on hedges on certain investments. Trading results in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 primarily reflected losses related to certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company. Trading results in the prior year quarter primarily reflected losses related to certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company, as well as losses on hedges on certain investments, and trading results in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 primarily reflected gains related to certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company.

Investments.    The Company recorded net investment gains of $97 million and $506 million in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, compared with gains of $387 million and $715 million in the comparable periods of 2013. The decrease in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 primarily related to lower net investment gains and the non-recurrence of carried interest in the Company’s Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses and lower gains from investments in the Company’s deferred compensation plan. Results also reflected lower revenues of $62 million from the prior year quarter, on investments in the Real Estate Investing business driven by the deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company in the second quarter of 2014.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 15% to $519 million and increased 10% to $1,510 million in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. The increase primarily reflected higher management and administration revenues, as a result of higher average assets under management.

The Company’s assets under management increased $38 billion from $360 billion at September 30, 2013 to $398 billion at September 30, 2014, reflecting positive net flows and market appreciation. The Company recorded net inflows of $8 billion and $22 billion in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, reflecting net customer inflows in liquidity, fixed income and alternatives funds. The inflows in the quarter ended September 30, 2014 were partially offset by net customer outflows in equity funds. The Company recorded net customer inflows of $2 billion and $9 billion in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively, primarily reflecting net customer inflows in liquidity funds, partially offset by net customer outflows in fixed income funds.

Other.    Other revenues were $37 million and $103 million in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, as compared with $11 million and $25 million in the comparable periods of 2013. The results in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 included a $17 million gain on sale of a retail property space and higher revenues associated with the Company’s minority investment in certain third party investment managers.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses were $467 million and $1,431 million in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, as compared with $528 million and $1,499 million in the comparable periods of 2013, primarily due to lower compensation and benefit expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased 24% and 7% in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, principally due to a decrease in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments in the Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses. Non-compensation expenses increased 9% and decreased 1% in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. The increase was primarily due to an additional legal settlement recorded in the quarter ended September 30, 2014. The decrease in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was primarily due to the result of lower consumption taxes in the European Union and a favorable legal settlement.

 

LOGO   124  


Table of Contents

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests are primarily related to the consolidation of certain real estate funds sponsored by the Company. Investment gains associated with these consolidated funds were $17 million and $94 million in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, compared with gains of $81 million and $122 million in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests decreased in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 primarily due to the deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company in the second quarter of 2014.

 

  125   LOGO


Table of Contents

Accounting Development Updates.

Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting update that provides guidance on management’s responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern and the related footnote disclosures. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Measuring the Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities of a Consolidated Collateralized Financing Entity.

In August 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update that clarifies the measurement upon initial consolidation and subsequent measurement of the financial assets and the financial liabilities of a collateralized financing entity, when the reporting entity has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of the collateralized financing entity. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period.

In June 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update clarifying that entities should treat performance targets that could be met after the requisite service period of a share-based payment award as performance conditions that affect vesting. Therefore, an entity would not record compensation expense (measured as of the grant date) for an award where transfer to the employee is contingent upon satisfaction of the performance target until it becomes probable that the performance target will be met. The guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures.

In June 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update requiring repurchase-to-maturity transactions be accounted for as secured borrowings consistent with the accounting for other repurchase agreements. This accounting update also requires separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty (a repurchase financing), which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2015. In addition, new disclosures are required for sales of financial assets where the Company retains substantially all the exposure throughout the term and the collateral pledged and remaining maturity of repurchase and securities lending agreements, which are effective January 1, 2015, and April 1, 2015, respectively. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

In May 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update to clarify the principles of revenue recognition, to develop a common revenue recognition standard across all industries for U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, and to provide enhanced disclosures for users of the financial statements. The core principle of this guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to

 

LOGO   126  


Table of Contents

customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting this accounting standard update.

Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.

In January 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update clarifying when an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs; that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2015. This guidance can be applied using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

  127   LOGO


Table of Contents

Other Matters.

Prospectus Delivery.

Subsequent to the release of the Company’s earnings on October 17, 2014, the Company increased other expenses for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 by $30 million (reported within non-compensation expenses in the Wealth Management business segment) for an additional accrual related to a rescission offer to Wealth Management clients who may not have received a prospectus for certain securities transactions, for which delivery of a prospectus was required. The additional expense, in excess of the Company’s initial third quarter estimate of $20 million, reflected an increased level of rescission offer acceptances during October 2014. This increase in expense reduced diluted EPS and diluted EPS from continuing operations by $0.01 in the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014. The additional accrual was considered to be a recognizable subsequent event requiring adjustment to the September 30, 2014 condensed consolidated financial statements under U.S. GAAP.

Return on Equity Goal.

The Company is aiming to improve its returns to shareholders with a goal of achieving a 10% or more return on average common equity excluding DVA (“Return on Equity”), subject to the successful execution of its strategic objectives.

The Company plans to progress toward achieving its Return on Equity goal through the following strategies. In the Wealth Management business, the Company plans to continue to improve profitability through cost discipline and revenue growth, as reflected in a pre-tax margin target of 22-25% by year end 2015. In the Fixed Income and Commodities businesses, the Company plans to improve its Return on Equity to more than 10% by: optimizing the Commodities business through reducing exposure to physical commodities; pursuing, in the Fixed Income business, a more centralized decision-making process with more strategic resource allocation and a focus on expenses, leveraging technology, capital and balance sheet optimization; and continuing to reduce RWAs. Across the entire organization, the Company plans to pursue the following: executing its overall expense reduction plan and improving expense ratios; growing earnings through Morgan Stanley-specific opportunities, particularly with respect to deposit growth in its U.S. Banks and optimization of lending products; and prudently returning excess capital return to shareholders, as appropriate, and subject to regulatory approval.

The Company’s Return on Equity goal and its related strategies are forward-looking statements that may be materially affected by many factors including, among other things: macroeconomic and market conditions; legislative and regulatory developments; industry trading and investment banking volumes; equity market levels; interest rate environment; and litigation expenses. Given the uncertainties surrounding these and other factors, there are significant risks that the Company’s Return on Equity goal may not be realized, and actual results may differ from the goal and the differences may be material and adverse. Accordingly, the Company cautions that undue reliance is not to be placed on any of these forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1, and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Company’s 2013 Form 10-K for additional information regarding these forward-looking statements. The Return on Equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess operating performance.

U.S. Banks’ Lending Activities.

The Company provides loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, primarily through the Company’s U.S. Banks. The Company’s lending activities in the Institutional Securities business segment primarily include corporate lending activities, in which the Company provides loans or lending commitments to certain corporate clients. In addition to corporate lending activities, the Institutional Securities business segment engages in other lending activities. The Company’s lending activities in the Wealth Management business segment include securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities in PLAs and residential mortgage lending. The Company expects its lending activities to continue to grow.

 

LOGO   128  


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s U.S. Banks’ lending activities included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition:

 

     At
September 30, 2014
     At
December 31, 2013
 
     (dollars in billions)  

Institutional Securities U.S. Bank data(1):

     

Total corporate funded loans

   $ 9.4      $ 8.8  

Total other funded loans(2)

     12.6        4.1  

Wealth Management U.S. Bank data(3):

     

Securities-based lending and other loans

   $ 20.3      $ 14.7  

Residential real estate loans

     14.3        10.1  

 

(1) Institutional Securities U.S. Bank refers to the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiary, MSBNA.
(2) In addition to primary corporate lending activity, the Institutional Securities business segment engages in other lending activities. These activities include corporate loans purchased in the secondary market, commercial mortgage lending, asset-backed lending and financing extended to Institutional equities customers.
(3) Wealth Management U.S. Bank refers to the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries, MSBNA and MSPBNA.

For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Item 3. Also see Notes 8 and 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about the Company’s loans and lending commitments, respectively.

Available for Sale Securities. 

During the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company reported net unrealized gains (losses) of $(102) million and $33 million, net of tax, respectively, on its AFS Securities portfolio. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company reported net unrealized gains (losses) of $134 million and $(336) million, net of tax, respectively. Unrealized gains (losses) in the AFS Securities portfolio are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for all periods presented. The unrealized gains and losses for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 were primarily due to changes in interest rates.

Real Estate.

The Company acts as the general partner for various real estate funds and also invests in certain of these funds as a limited partner. The Company’s real estate investments at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are described below. Such amounts exclude investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition included amounts representing real estate investment assets of consolidated subsidiaries of approximately $0.3 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, including noncontrolling interests of approximately $0.2 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, for a net amount of approximately $21 million and $451 million, respectively. The decrease was driven by the deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company. The deconsolidation was due to the Volcker Rule becoming effective on April 1, 2014, combined with an earlier expiration of a credit facility that was not renewed by the Company. This net presentation is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure for the Company and investors to use in assessing the Company’s net exposure. In addition, the Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to real estate investments of $0.3 billion at September 30, 2014.

In addition to the Company’s real estate investments, the Company engages in various real estate-related activities, including origination of loans secured by commercial and residential properties. The Company also securitizes and trades in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole

 

  129   LOGO


Table of Contents

loans, mortgages and other real estate. In connection with these activities, the Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The Company continues to monitor its real estate-related activities in order to manage its exposures and potential liability from these markets and businesses. See “Legal Proceedings—Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters” in Part II, Item 1, herein and Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 for further information.

Income Tax Matters.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 included a discrete net tax benefit of $237 million primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. Additionally, the Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 included a discrete net tax benefit of $609 million principally associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax authority examination.

New York State corporate tax reform (the “tax reform”) was signed into law on March 31, 2014. The tax reform, which is effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2015, merges the existing bank franchise tax into a substantially amended general corporation franchise tax and adopts customer based single receipts factor for all New York taxpayers. The tax reform mainly impacted the Company’s banking subsidiaries and did not have a material impact on the Company’s 2014 annual effective tax rate and condensed consolidated statements of income for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014.

The income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside of the U.S. has previously been excluded from taxation in the U.S. as a result of a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income until such income is repatriated to the U.S. as a dividend. This provision as well as other provisions that allow for tax benefits from certain tax credits, which expired for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, had previously been extended by Congress on several occasions, including the most recent extension which occurred during 2013. The increase to the effective tax rate as a result of the expiration of the provisions is estimated to be immaterial on a quarterly and on an annual basis.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013 included a discrete net tax benefit of $73 million that is attributable to tax planning strategies to optimize foreign tax credit utilization as a result of the anticipated repatriation of earnings from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Additionally, the Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 included a discrete tax benefit of $81 million due to the retroactive effective date of the Relief Act. The Relief Act that was enacted on January 2, 2013, among other things, extended with retroactive effect to January 1, 2012 a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside of the U.S. until such income is repatriated to the U.S. as a dividend. Also, the Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 included a discrete net tax benefit of $61 million associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest based on new information regarding the status of certain tax authority examinations.

Regulatory Outlook.

The Dodd-Frank Act was enacted on July 21, 2010. While certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act became effective immediately, most other portions are effective following transition periods or through numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies, and although a large number of rules have been proposed, many are still subject to final rulemaking or transition periods. U.S. regulators also plan to propose additional regulations to implement the Dodd-Frank Act. Accordingly, it remains difficult to assess fully the impact that the

 

LOGO   130  


Table of Contents

Dodd-Frank Act will have on the Company and on the financial services industry generally. In addition, various international developments, such as the adoption of or further revisions to risk-based capital, leverage and liquidity standards by the Basel Committee, including Basel III, and the implementation of those standards in jurisdictions in which the Company operates, will continue to impact the Company in the coming years.

At the end of 2013, the U.S. regulators adopted the final Volcker Rule regulations. Banking entities, including the Company, generally have until July 21, 2015 to bring all of their activities and investments into conformance with the Volcker Rule, subject to possible extensions. The Company is continuing its review of activities that may be affected by the Volcker Rule, including its trading operations and asset management activities, and is taking steps to establish the necessary compliance programs to comply with the Volcker Rule. Given the complexity of the new framework, the full impact of the Volcker Rule is still uncertain, and will ultimately depend on the interpretation and implementation by the five regulatory agencies responsible for its oversight.

It is likely that in the remainder of 2014 and in subsequent years, there will continue to be further material changes in the way major financial institutions are regulated in both the U.S. and other markets in which the Company operates, although it remains difficult to predict the exact impact these changes will have on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period. See also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2013 Form 10-K and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

 

  131   LOGO


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies.

The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1). The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2013 Form 10-K and Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1), the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

Fair Value.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.    A significant number of the Company’s financial instruments are carried at fair value. The Company makes estimates regarding valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the consolidated financial statements. These assets and liabilities include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Trading assets and Trading liabilities;

 

   

AFS Securities;

 

   

Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral;

 

   

Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell;

 

   

Certain Deposits;

 

   

Certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes;

 

   

Certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

 

   

Certain Other secured financings; and

 

   

Certain Long-term borrowings, primarily structured notes.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 uses observable prices in active markets, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment. In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be recategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the valuation process, fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2013 Form 10-K and Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis.    At September 30, 2014, certain of the Company’s assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, primarily relating to loans, other investments, premises, equipment and software costs, intangible assets and other assets. The Company incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

 

LOGO   132  


Table of Contents

See Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information on assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

Fair Value Control Processes.    The Company employs control processes to validate the fair value of its financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to ensure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable.

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2013 Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company’s valuation policies, processes and procedures.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

Goodwill.    The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all the activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically developed, are available to support the value of the goodwill. For both the annual and interim tests, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is not required. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective carrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below carrying value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. Additionally, if the carrying value of a reporting unit is zero or a negative value and it is determined that it is more likely than not the goodwill is impaired, further analysis is required. The estimated fair value of the reporting units is derived based on valuation techniques the Company believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair value is generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies. At each annual goodwill impairment testing date, each of the Company’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

Intangible Assets.    Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. An impairment exists when the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss will be recognized only if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.

For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

See Notes 2 and 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 and Notes 2, 4 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2013 Form 10-K for additional information about goodwill and intangible assets.

 

  133   LOGO


Table of Contents

Legal and Regulatory Contingencies.

In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution.

Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Company, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

Accruals for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Company can estimate possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued. For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Company cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals and the actual cost of a legal claim or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.

See Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information on legal proceedings.

Income Taxes.

The Company is subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. The Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The Company periodically evaluates the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and unrecognized tax benefits related to potential losses that may arise from tax audits are established in accordance with the guidance on accounting for unrecognized tax benefits. Once established, unrecognized tax benefits are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.

 

LOGO   134  


Table of Contents

The Company’s provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Current income taxes approximate taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. The Company’s deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the applicable enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. The Company’s deferred tax balances also include deferred assets related to tax attributes carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not utilized within certain periods. The Company performs regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to utilize net operating losses before they expire. Once the deferred tax asset balances have been determined, the Company may record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset balances to reflect the amount of these balances (net of valuation allowance) that the Company estimates it is more likely than not to realize at a future date. Both current and deferred income taxes could reflect adjustments related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits.

Significant judgment is required in estimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in our estimates and/or the actual costs of a tax assessment may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2013 Form 10-K for additional information on the Company’s significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting for income taxes and Note 17 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information on the Company’s tax examinations.

 

  135   LOGO


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources.

The Company’s senior management establishes liquidity and capital policies. Through various risk and control committees, the Company’s senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity and interest rate and currency sensitivity of the Company’s asset and liability position. The Company’s Treasury Department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset and Liability Management Committee and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that the Company’s business activities have on its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board’s Risk Committee.

The Balance Sheet.

The Company monitors and evaluates the composition and size of its balance sheet on a regular basis. The Company’s balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business specific limits, monitoring of business specific usage versus limits, key metrics and new business impact assessments.

The Company establishes balance sheet limits at the consolidated, business segment and business unit levels. The Company monitors balance sheet usage versus limits, and variances resulting from business activity or market fluctuations are reviewed. On a regular basis, the Company reviews current performance versus limits and assesses the need to re-allocate limits based on business unit needs. The Company also monitors key metrics, including asset and liability size, composition of the balance sheet, limit utilization and capital usage.

The tables below summarize total assets for the Company’s business segments at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

     At September 30, 2014  
     Institutional
Securities
     Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 31,119      $ 24,332      $ 375      $ 55,826  

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements(2)

     42,713        2,393        —          45,106  

Trading assets

     247,712        1,409        3,361        252,482  

AFS Securities

     10,986        52,561        —          63,547  

Securities received as collateral(2)

     16,694        —          —          16,694  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell(2)

     87,991        11,003        —          98,994  

Securities borrowed(2)

     139,856        447        —          140,303  

Customer and other receivables(2)

     33,486        20,713        640        54,839  

Loans:

           

Held for investment, net of allowance

     16,836        34,629        —          51,465  

Held for sale

     6,653        91        —          6,744  

Other assets(3)

     17,240        10,007        1,264        28,511  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets(4)

   $ 651,286      $ 157,585      $ 5,640      $ 814,511  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   136  


Table of Contents
     At December 31, 2013  
     Institutional
Securities
     Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 30,169      $ 28,967      $ 747      $ 59,883  

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements(2)

     36,422        2,781        —          39,203  

Trading assets

     273,959        2,104        4,681        280,744  

AFS Securities

     —          53,430        —          53,430  

Securities received as collateral(2)

     20,508        —          —          20,508  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell(2)

     106,812        11,318        —          118,130  

Securities borrowed(2)

     129,366        341        —          129,707  

Customer and other receivables(2)

     33,927        22,493        684        57,104  

Loans:

           

Held for investment

     11,661        24,884        —          36,545  

Held for sale

     6,229        100        —          6,329  

Other assets(3)

     19,543        10,293        1,283        31,119  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets(4)

   $ 668,596      $ 156,711      $ 7,395      $ 832,702  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Cash and cash equivalents include Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks.
(2) Certain of these assets are included in secured financing assets (see “Secured Financing” herein).
(3) Other assets include Other investments; Premises, equipment and software costs; Goodwill; Intangible assets; and Other assets.
(4) Total assets include Global Liquidity Reserves of $190 billion and $202 billion at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. On April 1, 2014, the Company deconsolidated approximately $1.6 billion in total assets that were related to certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company.

A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in managing the size of its balance sheet. The Company’s total assets decreased to $815 billion at September 30, 2014 from $833 billion at December 31, 2013. The decrease in total assets was primarily due to a decrease in Trading assets, primarily due to reductions in U.S. government and agency securities, and Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, partially offset by an increase in loans and securities borrowed.

The Company’s assets and liabilities are primarily related to transactions attributable to sales and trading and securities financing activities. At September 30, 2014, securities financing assets and liabilities were $340 billion and $310 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2013, securities financing assets and liabilities were $352 billion and $353 billion, respectively. Securities financing transactions include cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements, repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, securities received as collateral and obligation to return securities received, and customer and other receivables and payables. Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2013 Form 10-K and Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1). Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned were $111 billion at September 30, 2014 and averaged $128 billion and $148 billion during the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned period-end balance was lower than the average balances during the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 as the Company’s assets decreased. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed were $239 billion at September 30, 2014 and averaged $260 billion during the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed period-end balance was lower than the average balances during the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014 as the Company’s assets and requirements for collateral decreased.

 

  137   LOGO


Table of Contents

Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions. The customer receivable portion of the securities financing transactions includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer-owned securities, and customer cash, which is segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes customer payables to the Company’s prime brokerage customers. The Company’s risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit the Company’s credit exposure to customers. Included within securities financing assets were $17 billion and $21 billion at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, recorded in accordance with accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets that represented offsetting assets and liabilities for fully collateralized non-cash loan transactions.

Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

The primary goal of the Company’s liquidity risk management framework is to ensure that the Company has access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions. The framework is designed to enable the Company to fulfill its financial obligations and support the execution of the Company’s business strategies.

The following principles guide the Company’s liquidity risk management framework:

 

   

Sufficient liquid assets should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;

 

   

Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;

 

   

Source, counterparty, currency, region, and term of funding should be diversified; and

 

   

Limited access to funding should be anticipated through the Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”).

The core components of the Company’s liquidity risk management framework are the CFP, Liquidity Stress Tests and the Global Liquidity Reserve (as defined below), which support the Company’s target liquidity profile.

Contingency Funding Plan.

The Company’s CFP describes the data and information flows, limits, targets, operating environment indicators, escalation procedures, roles and responsibilities, and available mitigating actions in the event of a liquidity stress. The CFP also sets forth the principal elements of the Company’s liquidity stress testing which identifies stress events of different severity and duration, assesses current funding sources and uses and establishes a plan for monitoring and managing a potential liquidity stress event.

Liquidity Stress Tests.

The Company uses liquidity stress tests to model liquidity outflows across multiple scenarios over a range of time horizons. These scenarios contain various combinations of idiosyncratic and systemic stress events.

The assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

No government support;

 

   

No access to equity and unsecured debt markets;

 

   

Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within the stress horizon;

 

   

Higher haircuts and significantly lower availability of secured funding;

 

   

Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties, certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to credit rating downgrades;

 

LOGO   138  


Table of Contents
   

Additional collateral that would be required due to collateral substitutions, collateral disputes and uncalled collateral;

 

   

Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;

 

   

Drawdowns on unfunded commitments provided to third parties;

 

   

Client cash withdrawals and reduction in customer short positions that fund long positions;

 

   

Limited access to the foreign exchange swap markets;

 

   

Return of securities borrowed on an uncollateralized basis; and

 

   

Maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance.

The Liquidity Stress Tests are produced for the Parent and major operating subsidiaries, as well as at major currency levels, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Company, including a limited number of asset sales in a stressed environment. The Liquidity Stress Tests assume that subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent. The Parent will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to subsidiaries’ liquidity reserves. In addition to the assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests, the Company takes into consideration the settlement risk related to intra-day settlement and clearing of securities and financing activities.

At September 30, 2014, the Company maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in its Liquidity Stress Tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve.

The Company maintains sufficient liquidity reserves (“Global Liquidity Reserve”) to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the CFP and Liquidity Stress Tests. The size of the Global Liquidity Reserve is actively managed by the Company. The following components are considered in sizing the Global Liquidity Reserve: unsecured debt maturity profile, balance sheet size and composition, funding needs in a stressed environment inclusive of contingent cash outflows and collateral requirements. In addition, the Global Liquidity Reserve includes an additional reserve, which is primarily a discretionary surplus based on the Company’s risk tolerance and is subject to change dependent on market and firm-specific events.

The Global Liquidity Reserve is held within the Parent and major operating subsidiaries. The Global Liquidity Reserve is composed of diversified cash and cash equivalents and unencumbered highly liquid securities. Eligible unencumbered securities include U.S. government securities, U.S. agency securities, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-U.S. government securities and other highly liquid investment grade securities.

Global Liquidity Reserve by Type of Investment.

The table below summarizes the Company’s Global Liquidity Reserve by type of investment:

 

     At
September 30, 2014
     At
December 31, 2013
 
     (dollars in billions)  

Cash deposits with banks

   $ 22      $ 18  

Cash deposits with central banks

     29        36  

Unencumbered highly liquid securities:

     

U.S. government obligations

     69        84  

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities

     27        23  

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations(1)

     24        23  

Investments in money market funds

     1        1  

Other investment grade securities

     18        17  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Global Liquidity Reserve

   $ 190      $ 202  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  139   LOGO


Table of Contents

 

(1) Non-U.S. sovereign obligations are composed of unencumbered German, French, Dutch, U.K., Brazilian and Japanese government obligations.

The ability to monetize assets during a liquidity crisis is critical. The Company believes that the assets held in the Global Liquidity Reserve can be monetized within five business days in a stressed environment given the highly liquid and diversified nature of the reserves. The currency profile of the Global Liquidity Reserve is consistent with the CFP and Liquidity Stress Tests. In addition to the Global Liquidity Reserve, the Company has other cash and cash equivalents and other unencumbered assets that are available for monetization that are not included in the balances in the table above.

Global Liquidity Reserve Held by Bank and Non-Bank Legal Entities.

The table below summarizes the Global Liquidity Reserve held by bank and non-bank legal entities:

 

                   Average Balance(1)  
     At
September 30,
2014
     At
December 31,
2013
     For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
2014
     For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2013
 
     (dollars in billions)  

Bank legal entities:

           

Domestic

   $ 80      $ 85      $ 82      $ 70  

Foreign

     6        4        5        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Bank legal entities

     86        89        87        75  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Bank legal entities:

           

Domestic(2)

     73        80        76        83  

Foreign

     31        33        33        34  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Bank legal entities

     104        113        109        117  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 190      $ 202      $ 196      $ 192  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company calculates the average Global Liquidity Reserve based upon daily amounts.
(2) The Parent held $56 billion and $58 billion at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, which averaged $56 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and averaged $63 billion during 2013.

Basel Liquidity Framework.

The Basel Committee has developed two standards intended for use in liquidity risk supervision: the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”). The LCR was developed to ensure banking organizations have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days. This standard’s objective is to promote the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations.

In September 2014, the U.S. banking regulators issued a final rule to implement the LCR in the United States (“U.S. LCR”). The U.S. LCR applies to the Company and the Company’s U.S. Banks. The U.S. LCR is more stringent in certain respects than the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR as it includes a generally narrower definition of debt and equity securities that qualify as high-quality liquid assets, different methodologies and assumptions for calculating net cash outflows during the 30-day stress period, a maturity mismatch add-on, and a shorter, two-year phase-in period that ends on December 31, 2016. Additionally, under the U.S. LCR, a banking organization must submit a liquidity compliance plan to its primary federal banking agency if it fails to maintain the minimum U.S. LCR requirement for three consecutive business days. Beginning on January 1, 2015 the Company and the Company’s U.S. Banks will be required to maintain a minimum U.S. LCR of 80%. This minimum requirement will increase to 90% beginning on January 1, 2016, and will be fully phased in at 100%

 

LOGO   140  


Table of Contents

beginning on January 1, 2017. The Company and the Company’s U.S. Banks must calculate their respective LCR on a monthly basis during the period between January 1, 2015 and June 30, 2015, and on each business day starting on July 1, 2015. The Company is evaluating the U.S. LCR and its potential impact on the Company’s current liquidity and funding requirements, but is compliant with the U.S. LCR based on current estimates and interpretation.

The NSFR is defined as the ratio of the amount of available stable funding to the amount of required stable funding. The standard’s objective is to reduce funding risk over a one year horizon by requiring banking organizations to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding in order to mitigate the risk of future funding stress. In October 2014, the Basel Committee finalized revisions to the original December 2010 version of the NSFR. The U.S. banking regulators may issue a proposal to implement the NSFR in the U.S. The Company is evaluating the NSFR and its potential impact on the Company’s current liquidity and funding requirements.

Funding Management.

The Company manages its funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Company’s operations. The Company pursues a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attempts to ensure that the tenor of the Company’s liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

The Company funds its balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include the Company’s equity capital, long-term debt, repurchase agreements, securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of credit and lines of credit. The Company has active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Secured Financing.    A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and arises principally from its Institutional Securities business segment’s sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in funding these assets with secured financing. The Company’s goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, the Company actively manages its secured financing book based on the quality of the assets being funded.

The Company utilizes shorter-term secured financing only for highly liquid assets and has established longer tenor limits for less liquid asset classes, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption. The Company defines highly liquid assets as government-issued or government-guaranteed securities with a high degree of fundability, and less liquid assets as those that do not meet the criteria. At September 30, 2014, the weighted average maturity of the Company’s secured financing against less liquid assets was greater than 120 days. To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, the Company has established concentration limits to diversify its investor base and reduce the amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. Furthermore, the Company obtains spare capacity, or term secured funding liabilities in excess of less liquid inventory, as an additional risk mitigant to replace maturing trades in the event that secured financing markets or the Company’s ability to access them become limited. Finally, in addition to the above risk management framework, the Company holds a portion of its Global Liquidity Reserve against the potential disruption to its secured financing capabilities.

Unsecured Financing.    The Company views long-term debt and deposits as stable sources of funding. Unencumbered securities and non-security assets are financed with a combination of long-term and short-term debt and deposits. The Company’s unsecured financings include structured borrowings, whose payments and redemption values are based on the performance of certain underlying assets, including equity, credit, foreign exchange, interest rates and commodities. When appropriate, the Company may use derivative products to conduct asset and liability management and to make adjustments to the Company’s interest rate and structured borrowings risk profile (see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2013 Form 10-K).

 

  141   LOGO


Table of Contents

Short-Term Borrowings.    The Company’s unsecured short-term borrowings consist of commercial paper, bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with maturities of 12 months or less at issuance.

The table below summarizes the Company’s short-term unsecured borrowings:

 

     At
September 30, 2014
     At
December 31, 2013
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Commercial paper

   $ —        $ 8  

Other short-term borrowings

     1,760        2,134  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,760      $ 2,142  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits.    The Company’s bank subsidiaries’ funding sources include time deposits, money market deposit accounts, demand deposit accounts, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The vast majority of deposits in the Company’s U.S. Banks are sourced from the Company’s retail brokerage accounts and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics. Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company was terminated. During the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, $5 billion and $14 billion, respectively, of deposits held by Citi relating to the Company’s customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At September 30, 2014, approximately $13 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015 (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Deposits were as follows:

 

     At
September 30, 2014(1)
     At
December 31, 2013(1)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Savings and demand deposits

   $ 122,503      $ 109,908  

Time deposits(2)

     1,879        2,471  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(3)

   $ 124,382      $ 112,379  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Total deposits subject to FDIC insurance at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were $93 billion and $84 billion, respectively.
(2) Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).
(3) At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, approximately $116 billion and $104 billion, respectively, were attributed to the Wealth Management business segment. These total deposits exclude deposits held by Citi relating to the Company’s customer accounts.

Senior Indebtedness.    At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the aggregate outstanding carrying amount of the Company’s senior indebtedness (including guaranteed obligations of the indebtedness of subsidiaries) was approximately $141 billion and $143 billion, respectively.

Long-Term Borrowings.    The Company believes that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of long-term debt allows the Company to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments (e.g., commercial paper and other unsecured short-term borrowings). Long-term borrowings are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types. Availability and cost of financing to the Company can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, the Company’s credit ratings and the overall availability of credit.

The Company may engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt retirements) that it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its investors.

 

LOGO   142  


Table of Contents

Long-term borrowings by maturity profile at September 30, 2014 consisted of the following:

 

     Parent      Subsidiaries      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Due in 2014

   $ 4,849      $ 2,367      $ 7,216  

Due in 2015

     18,800        1,298        20,098  

Due in 2016

     19,479        1,463        20,942  

Due in 2017

     23,258        1,409        24,667  

Due in 2018

     15,014        1,034        16,048  

Thereafter

     60,905        2,481        63,386  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 142,305      $ 10,052      $ 152,357  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-Term Borrowing Activity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014.    During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company issued and reissued notes with a principal amount of approximately $26.5 billion. In connection with the note issuances, the Company generally enters into certain transactions to obtain floating interest rates. The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.8 years at September 30, 2014. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, approximately $24.7 billion in aggregate long-term borrowings matured or were retired. Subsequent to September 30, 2014 and through October 31, 2014, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of repayments) increased by approximately $1.0 billion. This amount includes the Company’s issuance of $3.0 billion in senior debt on October 23, 2014.

Credit Ratings.

The Company relies on external sources to finance a significant portion of its day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally is impacted by the Company’s credit ratings. In addition, the Company’s credit ratings can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Rating agencies will look at company specific factors; other industry factors such as regulatory or legislative changes; the macroeconomic environment and perceived levels of government support, among other things.

Some rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of credit rating uplift from external sources of potential support, as well as perceived government support of systemically important banks, including the credit ratings of the Company. Rating agencies continue to monitor the progress of U.S. financial reform legislation to assess whether the possibility of extraordinary government support for the financial system in any future financial crises is negatively impacted. Legislative and rulemaking outcomes may lead to reduced uplift assumptions for U.S. banks and thereby place downward pressure on credit ratings. At the same time, proposed and final U.S. financial reform legislation and attendant rulemaking also have positive implications for credit ratings such as higher standards for capital and liquidity levels. The net result on credit ratings and the timing of any change in rating agency views on changes in government support and other financial reform is currently uncertain.

At October 31, 2014, the Parent’s and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.’s senior unsecured ratings were as set forth below:

 

    Parent   Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
    Short-Term
Debt
  Long-Term
Debt
  Rating
Outlook
  Short-Term
Debt
  Long-Term
Debt
  Rating
Outlook

DBRS, Inc.(1)

  R-1 (middle)   A (high)   Stable   —     —     —  

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

  F1   A   Stable   F1   A   Stable

Moody’s(2)

  P-2   Baa2   Positive   P-2   A3   Positive

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

  a-1   A   Negative   —     —     —  

Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC

  A-2   A-   Negative   A-1   A   Negative

 

  143   LOGO


Table of Contents

 

(1) On June 12, 2014, DBRS, Inc. confirmed the ratings for the Company, including its Long-Term Debt rating of A (high) and Short-Term Instruments rating of R-1 (middle). The Rating Outlook trend on all long-term ratings was revised to Stable from Negative, while the Rating Outlook trend on all short-term ratings remains Stable.
(2) On July 24, 2014, Moody’s affirmed the Company’s long-term debt rating as well as the ratings of its subsidiaries and changed the Ratings Outlook to Positive from Stable.

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements where the Company is a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether the Company is in a net asset or net liability position.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s and S&P. At September 30, 2014, the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers were $1,702 million and an incremental $2,938 million, respectively.

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it will have on the Company’s business and results of operation in future periods is inherently uncertain and will depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among others, the magnitude of the downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions the Company may take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in the Company’s Liquidity Stress Tests.

Capital Management.

The Company’s senior management views capital as an important source of financial strength. The Company actively manages its consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract its capital base to address the changing needs of its businesses. The Company attempts to maintain total capital, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of its operating subsidiaries’ required equity.

At September 30, 2014, the Company had approximately $0.6 billion remaining under its current share repurchase program out of the $6 billion authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors in December 2006. The share repurchase program is for capital management purposes and considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases under the Company’s existing authorized program will be exercised from time to time at prices the Company deems appropriate subject to various factors, including the Company’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval (see “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in Part II, Item 2). The share repurchase program has no set expiration or termination date.

The Company’s Board of Directors determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. On October 17, 2014, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.10. The dividend is payable on November 14, 2014 to common shareholders of record on October 31, 2014 (see Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

 

LOGO   144  


Table of Contents

On September 15, 2014, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend for preferred stock shareholders of record on September 30, 2014, to be paid on October 15, 2014 as follows:

 

Series

  

Preferred Stock Description

   Quarterly
Dividend

Per  Share(1)
 
A    Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.25556)    $ 255.56  
C    10% Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock      25.00  
E    Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.44531)      445.31  
F    Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.42969)      429.69  
G    6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share and each having a dividend of $0.41406)      414.06  

 

(1) The Company has outstanding Series H and Series I, Preferred Stock, for which a dividend declaration date did not occur within the third quarter of 2014, in accordance with the terms thereof. See below for further details under “Issuances of Preferred Stock” herein.

In March 2014, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to the Company’s 2014 capital plan, which included a share repurchase of up to $1 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock beginning in the second quarter of 2014 through the end of the first quarter of 2015, as well as an increase in the Company’s quarterly common stock dividend to $0.10 per share from $0.05 per share, beginning with the dividend declared on April 17, 2014. On July 17, 2014, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share $0.10, payable on August 15, 2014 to common shareholders of record on July 31, 2014. During the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company repurchased approximately $195 million and $629 million, respectively, of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program. During the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company repurchased approximately $123 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program (see Note 13 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Issuances of Preferred Stock.

Series G Preferred Stock.    On April 29, 2014, the Company issued 20,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $500 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual 6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G, $0.01 par value (“Series G Preferred Stock”). The Series G Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after July 15, 2019 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series G Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series G Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $494 million.

Series H Preferred Stock.    On April 29, 2014, the Company issued 1,300,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $1,300 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H, $0.01 par value (“Series H Preferred Stock”). The Series H Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after July 15, 2019 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days

 

  145   LOGO


Table of Contents

following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $1,000 per Depositary Share). The Series H Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series H Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $1,294 million.

Series I Preferred Stock.    On September 18, 2014, the Company issued 40,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $1,000 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I, $0.01 par value (“Series I Preferred Stock”). The Series I Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after October 15, 2024 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depository Share). The Series I Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series I Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $994 million.

The following table sets forth the tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and tangible common equity at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and average balances for the nine months ended September 30, 2014:

 

     Balance at     Average Balance(1)  
     September 30,
2014
    December 31,
2013
    For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30, 2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Common equity

   $ 66,898     $ 62,701     $ 64,660  

Preferred equity

     6,020       3,220       4,400  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

     72,918       65,921       69,060  

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

     4,870       4,849       4,865  

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

     (9,637     (9,873     (9,763
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   $ 68,151     $ 60,897     $ 64,162  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common equity

   $ 66,898     $ 62,701     $ 64,660  

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

     (9,637     (9,873     (9,763
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity(3)

   $ 57,261     $ 52,828     $ 54,897  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company calculates its average balances based upon month-end balances.
(2) The deduction for Goodwill and net intangible assets is partially offset by mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) (net of disallowable MSR) of $6 million at September 30, 2014 and $7 million at December 31, 2013.
(3) Tangible common equity, a non-GAAP financial measure, equals common equity less goodwill and net intangible assets as defined above. The Company views tangible common equity as a useful measure to investors because it is a commonly utilized metric and reflects the common equity deployed in the Company’s businesses.

Capital Covenants.

In October 2006 and April 2007, the Company executed replacement capital covenants in connection with offerings by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (the “Capital Securities”), which become effective after the scheduled redemption date in 2046. Under the terms of the replacement capital covenants, the Company has agreed, for the benefit of certain specified holders of debt, to limitations on its ability to redeem or repurchase any of the Capital Securities for specified periods of time. For a complete description of the Capital Securities and the terms of the replacement capital covenants, see the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006 and April 26, 2007.

 

LOGO   146  


Table of Contents

Regulatory Requirements.

Regulatory Capital Framework.

The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s U.S. Banks.

Implementation of U.S. Basel III.

The U.S. banking regulators have comprehensively revised their risk-based and leverage capital framework to implement many aspects of the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee. The U.S. banking regulators’ revised capital framework is referred to herein as “U.S. Basel III.” The Company and the Company’s U.S. Banks became subject to U.S. Basel III on January 1, 2014. Aspects of U.S. Basel III, such as the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, new capital buffers and certain deductions from and adjustments to capital, will be phased-in over several years. Prior to January 1, 2014, the Company and the Company’s U.S. Banks calculated regulatory capital ratios using the U.S. banking regulators’ U.S. Basel I-based rules (“U.S. Basel I”) as supplemented by rules that implemented the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5.”

Regulatory Capital.    Under U.S. Basel III, new items are deducted from the respective tiers of regulatory capital and certain existing regulatory deductions and adjustments are modified or are no longer applicable. The majority of these capital deductions are subject to a phase-in schedule and will be fully phased in by 2018. Unrealized gains and losses on AFS Securities are reflected in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule. The percentage of the regulatory deductions and adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 capital that apply to the Company in 2014 ranges from 20% to 100%, depending on the specific item.

In addition, U.S. Basel III also narrows the eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments. As a result of these revisions, existing trust preferred securities will be fully phased out of the Company’s Tier 1 capital by January 1, 2016. Thereafter, existing trust preferred securities that do not satisfy U.S. Basel III’s eligibility criteria for Tier 2 capital will be phased out of the Company’s regulatory capital by January 1, 2022.

Risk-weighted Assets.    The Company is required to calculate and hold capital against credit, market and operational RWAs. RWAs reflect both on- and off-balance sheet risk of the Company. Credit RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. Market RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. For a further discussion of the Company’s market and credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Item 3. Operational RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events (e.g., fraud, legal and compliance risks or damage to physical assets). The Company may incur operational risks across the full scope of its business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing).

In March 2014, the Basel Committee established a new methodology for calculating counterparty credit risk exposures: the standardized approach for measuring counterparty credit risk exposures (“SA-CCR”). The Company understands that U.S. banking regulators are considering whether and how to implement the SA-CCR methodology in the United States, which may in the future impact the Company’s calculation of RWAs and its supplementary leverage ratio. In addition, the Basel Committee has several proposals under consideration related to RWA calculation methodologies, including proposals with respect to trading book and securitization positions. The impact of these proposals on the Company’s calculation of RWAs will not be known with certainty until such proposals are finalized.

 

  147   LOGO


Table of Contents

Calculation of Risk-based Capital Ratios.    As an Advanced Approach banking organization, the Company is required to compute risk-based capital ratios using both (i) standardized approaches for calculating credit risk RWAs and market risk RWAs (the “Standardized Approach”); and (ii) an advanced internal ratings-based approach for calculating credit risk RWAs, an advanced measurement approach for calculating operational risk RWAs, and an advanced approach for calculating market risk RWAs under U.S. Basel III (the “Advanced Approach”).

To implement a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, U.S. Basel III subjects Advanced Approach banking organizations which have been approved by their regulators to exit the parallel run, such as the Company, to a permanent “capital floor”. In calendar year 2014, as a result of the capital floor, an Advanced Approach banking organization’s binding risk-based capital ratios are the lower of its ratios computed under the Advanced Approach or the U.S. Basel I-based rules as supplemented by the existing market risk rules known as “Basel 2.5”. For the current quarter, the capital floor results in the Company’s binding risk-based capital ratios being those calculated under the Advanced Approach. Beginning on January 1, 2015, the capital floor will result in the Company’s ratios being the lower of the capital ratios computed under the Advanced Approach or the Standardized Approach under U.S. Basel III.

The methods for calculating each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios will change through 2022 as U.S. Basel III’s revisions to the numerator and denominator are phased-in and as the Company begins calculating RWAs using the Advanced Approach and the Standardized Approach. These ongoing methodological changes may result in differences in the Company’s reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to the Company’s capital base, asset composition, off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile. The basis for the calculation of the Company’s U.S. Basel III capital ratios, on a transitional and fully phased-in basis, are presented below:

 

       

Transition Period

     

Fully Phased-In(1)

       

March 31, 2014

 

June 30, 2014 to
December 31, 2014

     

2015 to 2017

     

2018 and onwards

       

Regulatory Capital (Numerator
of risk-based capital and leverage ratios)

  U.S. Basel III Transitional(2)     U.S. Basel III
                 
       

RWAs (Denominator of risk-based capital ratios)

  Standardized Approach   U.S. Basel I and Basel  2.5     U.S. Basel III  Standardized Approach 
     
 
  Advanced Approach(3)     U.S. Basel III Advanced  Approach
         
   

Denominator of leverage ratios

  Tier 1 Leverage Ratio   Adjusted Average  On-Balance Sheet Assets(4)
         
 
 

Supplementary Leverage
Ratio(5)

        Adjusted Average On-Balance Sheet Assets(4) and Certain Off-Balance Sheet Exposures

 

(1) By the beginning of 2018, U.S. Basel III rules defining capital (numerator of capital ratios) will be fully phased-in, except for the exclusion of non-qualifying trust preferred securities from Tier 2 capital, which will be fully phased-in beginning in 2022. In addition, the Company will also be subject to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer and, if deployed by banking regulators, up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer on a fully phased-in basis beginning in 2019. The capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, the countercyclical buffer apply to each of the Company’s Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total capital ratios. The requirements for these additional capital buffers will be phased-in beginning in 2016.
(2)

Beginning June 30, 2014, as a result of the Company’s and the Company’s U.S. Banks’ completion of the Advanced Approach parallel run, the amount of expected credit loss that exceeds eligible credit reserves must be deducted 20% from Common Equity Tier 1 capital and 80% from Additional Tier 1 capital. Over the next several years, this deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital will incrementally increase and the amount deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital will correspondingly decrease, until fully transitioned by the beginning of 2018. In addition, under the Basel III Advanced Approach framework, the allowance for loan losses cannot be included

 

LOGO   148  


Table of Contents
  in Tier 2 capital. Instead, an Advanced Approach banking organization may include in Tier 2 capital any eligible credit reserves that exceed its total expected credit losses to the extent that the excess reserve amount does not exceed 0.6% of its Advanced Approach credit RWAs. The allowance for loan losses may continue to be included in Tier 2 capital for purposes of calculating capital ratios under U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5 and under the Standardized Approach, up to 1.25% of credit RWAs.
(3) Public reporting of Advanced Approach capital ratios began with the quarter ended June 30, 2014.
(4) In accordance with U.S. Basel III, adjusted average assets represent the Company’s average total on-balance sheet assets minus certain amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital.
(5) Beginning in 2015, the Company will be required to publicly disclose its supplementary leverage ratio, which will become effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018.

The Company’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios.    The following table presents the Company’s capital ratios at September 30, 2014, as well as the minimum required regulatory capital ratios applicable under U.S. Basel III for the calendar year 2014. At September 30, 2014, the Company’s risk-based capital ratios (as a result of the capital floor) were based on the Advanced Approach transitional rules.

 

     At September 30, 2014        
     Actual Capital Ratio        
     U.S. Basel III Transitional/
Advanced Approach
    U.S. Basel III Transitional/
U.S. Basel I + Basel 2.5
Approach
    Minimum Regulatory
Capital Ratio(1)
 
         2014  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

     14.4     15.2     4.0

Tier 1 capital ratio

     16.2     17.1     5.5

Total capital ratio

     18.8     19.8     8.0

Tier 1 leverage ratio(2)

     8.2     8.2     4.0

 

(1) Minimum capital ratios for calendar year 2014 under U.S. Basel III transitional provisions.
(2) Defined as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total on-balance sheet assets minus certain amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital in accordance with U.S. Basel III rules.

While the Federal Reserve has not yet revised the well-capitalized standard for financial holding companies to reflect the higher capital standards in U.S. Basel III, the U.S. banking regulators have revised the well-capitalized standards for insured depository institutions such as the Company’s U.S. Banks. Assuming that the Federal Reserve will apply the same or very similar well-capitalized standards to financial holding companies, each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios and Tier 1 leverage ratio, at September 30, 2014, would exceed the revised well-capitalized standard.

 

  149   LOGO


Table of Contents

The following is a nine-month roll-forward of the Company’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital calculated under U.S. Basel III on a transitional basis from December 31, 2013 to September 30, 2014.

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2014
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital:

 

Tier 1 Common capital under U.S. Basel I rules at December 31, 2013

  $ 49,917  

Change in the value of shareholders’ common equity

    4,197  

New items subject to deduction and adjustments under U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules:

 

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

    (168

Investments in capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions

    (91

Expected credit loss that exceeds eligible credit reserves(1)

    (41

Other new deductions and adjustments

    1,531  

Modification of existing deductions under U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules:

 

Net goodwill

    (188

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

    2,675  

Net deferred tax assets

    2,394  

Net after-tax debt valuation adjustment(2)

    (1,088

Adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income

    271  

U.S. Basel I deductions that are no longer applicable under U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules

    —    
 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital under U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules at September 30, 2014

  $ 59,409  
 

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital:

 

Additional Tier 1 capital under U.S. Basel I rules at December 31, 2013

  $ 11,090  

New issuance of qualifying preferred stock

    2,800  

Modification of treatment of Additional Tier 1 capital components under U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules:

 

Trust preferred securities

    (2,326

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    (2,200

New items subject to deduction and adjustments under U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules:

 

Net deferred tax assets

    (1,939

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

    (671

Net after-tax debt valuation adjustment(2)

    746  

Expected credit loss that exceeds eligible credit reserves

    (165

Other adjustments and deductions

    (81
 

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital at September 30, 2014

  $ 7,254  
 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (Common Equity Tier 1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 capital) at September 30, 2014

  $ 66,663  
 

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital:

 

Tier 2 capital under U.S. Basel I rules at December 31, 2013

  $ 4,993  

Change in subordinated debt

    2,492  

De-recognition of allowance for loan and lease losses under Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules(3)

    (284

New capital components subject to recognition under U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules:

 

Trust preferred securities

    2,435  

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    18  

New items subject to deduction and adjustments under U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules

    808  

U.S. Basel I deductions that are no longer applicable under U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules

    —    
 

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital at September 30, 2014

  $ 10,462  
 

 

 

 

Total capital at September 30, 2014

  $ 77,125  
 

 

 

 

 

LOGO   150  


Table of Contents

 

(1) Beginning June 30, 2014, as a result of the Company’s and the Company’s U.S. Banks’ completion of the Advanced Approach parallel run, the amount of expected credit loss that exceeds eligible credit reserves must be deducted 20% from Common Equity Tier 1 capital and 80% from Additional Tier 1 capital. Over the next several years, this deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital will incrementally increase and the amount deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital will correspondingly decrease, until fully transitioned by 2018.
(2) The September 30, 2014 aggregate balance of net after-tax debt valuation adjustment includes an approximate $69 million reconciling adjustment related to a prior period.
(3) For purposes of calculating capital ratios under the Advanced Approach, the allowance for loan losses cannot be included in Tier 2 capital. Instead, an Advanced Approach banking organization may include in Tier 2 capital any eligible credit reserves that exceed its total expected credit losses to the extent that the excess reserve amount does not exceed 0.6% of its Advanced Approach credit RWAs. The allowance for loan losses may continue to be included in Tier 2 capital for purposes of calculating capital ratios under U.S. Basel I and Basel 2.5 and under the Standardized Approach, up to 1.25% of credit RWAs.

The following represents the nine-month roll-forward of the Company’s RWAs based on pro forma estimates of RWAs under the Advanced Approach from December 31, 2013 to September 30, 2014.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2014(1)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Credit RWAs:

  

Balance under U.S. Basel I rules at December 31, 2013

   $ 256,606  

Change related to U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules(2)

     (72,792

Change related to the following items:

  

Derivatives

     (2,393

Securities financing transactions

     (5,116

Other counterparty credit risk

     (458

Securitizations

     (3,153

Credit valuation adjustment

     (5,549

Available for sale debt securities

     582  

Loans

     6,243  

Cash

     (339

Equity investments

     4,222  

Other credit risk(3)

     136   
  

 

 

 

Total change in Credit RWAs

     (78,617
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

   $ 177,989  
  

 

 

 

Market RWAs:

  

Balance under U.S. Basel 2.5 rules at December 31, 2013

   $ 133,760  

Change related to U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach rules(2)

     12,369  

Change related to the following items:

  

Regulatory VaR

     (2,771

Regulatory stressed VaR

     (1,342

Incremental risk charge

     (752

Comprehensive risk measure

     (4,270

Specific risk:

  

Non-securitizations

     (5,586

Securitizations

     (6,765
  

 

 

 

Total change in Market RWAs

     (9,117
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

   $ 124,643  
  

 

 

 

Operational RWAs:

  

Balance under U.S. Basel I rules at December 31, 2013

   $ N/A  

Change related to U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach rules(2)

     108,660  
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

   $ 108,660  
  

 

 

 

 

  151   LOGO


Table of Contents

 

N/A—Not Applicable

VaR—Value-at-Risk

(1) The RWAs for each category in the above table reflect both on and off-balance sheet exposures, where appropriate.
(2) Represents the estimated impact of the change in methodology to present December 31, 2013 RWAs on a pro forma basis under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules.
(3) Amount reflects assets not in a defined category, non-material portfolios of exposures and unsettled transactions.

The Company is required to calculate ratios under both the Advanced Approach and a Standardized Approach, represented as U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5, as of September 30, 2014, in both cases subject to transitional provisions. The ratios calculated under the Advanced Approach were lower than those calculated under the Standardized Approach, represented as U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5, and therefore are the binding ratios for the Company at September 30, 2014, as a result of the capital floor.

 

    At
September 30, 2014
    At
December 31, 2013
 
    U.S. Basel III
Transitional/
Advanced Approach
    U.S. Basel I(1)  
    (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital:

   

Common stock and surplus

  $ 21,440     $ 21,622  

Retained earnings

    46,573       42,172  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)

    (1,115     (1,093

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

   

Less: Net goodwill

    (6,783     (6,595

Less: Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

    (604     (3,279

Less: Credit spread premium over risk free rate for derivative liabilities

    (168     N/A  

Less: Net deferred tax assets

    (485     (2,879

Less: Investments in capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions

    (91     N/A  

After-tax debt valuation adjustment(2)

    187       1,275  

Adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income

    549       278  

Expected credit loss over eligible credit reserves(3)

    (41     N/A  

Other adjustments and deductions

    (53     (1,584
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $ 59,409     $ 49,917  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital:

   

Preferred stock

  $ 6,020     $ 3,220  

Trust preferred securities

    2,435       4,761  

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    909       3,109  

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

   

Less: Net deferred tax assets

    (1,939     N/A  

Less: Credit spread premium over risk free rate for derivative liabilities

    (671     N/A  

After-tax debt valuation adjustment(2)

    746       N/A  

Expected credit loss over eligible credit reserves

    (165     N/A  

Other adjustments and deductions

    (81     N/A  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital

  $ 7,254     $ 11,090  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 capital

  $ 66,663     $ 61,007  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital:

   

Subordinated debt

  $ 8,051     $ 5,559  

Trust preferred securities

    2,435       N/A  

Other qualifying amounts(3)

    18       284  

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

    (42     (850
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 2 capital

  $ 10,462     $ 4,993  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

  $ 77,125     $ 66,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   152  


Table of Contents

 

N/A—Not Applicable

(1) The standards applicable in 2013 included U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5.
(2) The September 30, 2014 aggregate balance of net after-tax debt valuation adjustment includes an approximate $69 million reconciling adjustment related to a prior period.
(3) For purposes of calculating capital ratios under the Advanced Approach, the allowance for loan losses cannot be included in Tier 2 capital. Instead, an Advanced Approach banking organization may include in Tier 2 capital any eligible credit reserves that exceed its total expected credit losses to the extent that the excess reserve amount does not exceed 0.6% of its Advanced Approach credit RWAs. The allowance for loan losses may continue to be included in Tier 2 capital for purposes of calculating capital ratios under U.S. Basel I and Basel 2.5 and under the Standardized Approach, up to 1.25% of credit RWAs.

The following table presents the Company’s RWAs and regulatory capital ratios at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

     At
September 30, 2014
    At
December 31, 2013
 
     U.S. Basel III
Transitional/
Advanced Approach
    U.S. Basel I(1)  
     (dollars in millions)  

RWAs:

    

Credit risk

   $ 177,989     $ 256,606  

Market risk

     124,643       133,760  

Operational risk

     108,660       N/A  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total RWAs

   $ 411,292     $ 390,366  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital ratios:

    

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio/Tier 1 common capital ratio

     14.4     12.8

Tier 1 capital ratio

     16.2     15.6

Total capital ratio

     18.8     16.9

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     8.2     7.6

Adjusted average assets(2)

   $ 810,542     $ 805,838  

 

N/A—Not Applicable

(1) The standards applicable in 2013 included U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5. The Company’s Total capital, Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 common capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios and RWAs at December 31, 2013 were calculated under this framework.
(2) Average total on-balance sheet assets subject to certain adjustments in accordance with U.S. Basel I rules for the quarter ended December 31, 2013 and U.S. Basel III rules for the quarter ended September 30, 2014.

The following table presents the Company’s pro forma estimates under the fully phased-in Advanced Approach and the fully phased-in U.S. Basel III Standardized Approach:

 

     At September 30, 2014  
     Fully Phased-In Basis Pro Forma  Estimates  
     U.S. Basel III
Advanced Approach
    U.S. Basel III
Standardized Approach
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   $ 53,376     $ 53,376  

RWAs

     420,086       453,428  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

     12.7     11.8

These pro forma estimates are based on the Company’s current understanding of U.S. Basel III and other factors, which may be subject to change as the Company receives additional clarification and implementation guidance from regulators relating to U.S. Basel III, and as the interpretation of the regulation evolves over time. The pro forma Common Equity Tier 1 capital, RWAs and Common Equity Tier 1 risked-based capital ratio estimates are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers to be useful measures for evaluating compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that have not yet become effective. These preliminary estimates are subject

 

  153   LOGO


Table of Contents

to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially and should not be taken as a projection of what the Company’s capital ratios, RWAs, earnings or other results will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect the future results of the Company, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2013 Form 10-K.

On a fully phased-in basis, the Company will be subject to the following minimum capital ratios under U.S. Basel III: Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%; Total capital ratio of 8.0%; Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%; and supplementary leverage ratio of 3.0%. In addition, on a fully phased-in basis by 2019, the Company will also be subject to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer and, if deployed by banking regulators, up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer. The capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, if any, apply over each of the Company’s Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total risk-based capital ratios. Failure to maintain such buffers will result in restrictions on the Company’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. Beginning in 2018, the Company will also be subject to enhanced supplementary leverage ratio standards.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests.    The Federal Reserve’s capital plan final rule requires large bank holding companies such as the Company to submit annual capital plans in order for the Federal Reserve to assess their systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain their internal capital adequacy. The rule also requires that such companies receive no objection from the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution.

In addition, the Federal Reserve’s final rule on stress testing under the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Company to conduct semi-annual company-run stress tests. The rule also subjects the Company to an annual supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve. The capital planning and stress testing requirements for large bank holding companies form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual Comprehensive Capital Assessment and Review (“CCAR”) process.

The Company submitted its 2014 annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve in January 2014. In March 2014, the Federal Reserve published summary results of the Dodd-Frank Act and CCAR supervisory stress tests of each large bank holding company, including the Company. The Company received no objection to its 2014 capital plan (see “Capital Management” herein). In July 2014, the Company submitted its 2014 semi-annual stress test to the Federal Reserve.

In February 2014, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule specifying how large bank holding companies, including the Company, should incorporate U.S. Basel III into their capital plans and Dodd-Frank Act stress test results. Among other things, the final rule requires large bank holding companies to project both Tier 1 Common capital ratio using the methodology currently in effect under U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5 and Common Equity Tier 1 ratio under U.S. Basel III after giving effect to transitional arrangements. The final rule also requires Advanced Approach banking organizations, including the Company, to incorporate the Advanced Approach into the capital planning and stress testing cycles that begin on October 1, 2015. In October 2014, the Federal Reserve revised its capital planning and stress testing regulations to, among other things, generally limit a large bank holding company’s ability to make capital distributions (other than scheduled payments on Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments) to the extent the Company does not execute planned capital issuances and shift the commencement and submission dates of the capital plan and stress test cycles beginning with the 2016 cycle.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires a national bank with total consolidated assets of more than $10 billion to conduct an annual company-run stress test. Beginning in 2012, the OCC’s implementing regulation requires national banks with $50 billion or more in average total consolidated assets, including MSBNA, to conduct its Dodd-Frank Act stress test. MSBNA submitted its company-run stress test results to the OCC and the Federal Reserve on January 6, 2014. The OCC’s regulation also requires a national bank with more than $10 billion but less than $50 billion in average total consolidated assets, including MSPBNA, to submit the results of its Dodd-Frank Act stress test by March 31, 2014. However, MSPBNA was given an exemption by the OCC for the 2014 Dodd-Frank Act stress test.

 

LOGO   154  


Table of Contents

Risk-based Capital Surcharge.    In addition to U.S. Basel III, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to establish more stringent capital requirements for certain bank holding companies, including the Company. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it intends to address this requirement by implementing the Basel Committee’s capital surcharge for global systemically important banks (“G-SIBs”). The Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) has provisionally identified the G-SIBs and assigned each G-SIB a Common Equity Tier 1 capital surcharge ranging from 1.0% to 2.5% of RWAs. The Company was provisionally assigned a G-SIB capital surcharge of 1.5%. The FSB has stated that it intends to annually update the list of G-SIBs and the risk-based capital surcharge assigned to each G-SIB. The Federal Reserve may set risk-based capital surcharge levels for U.S. G-SIBs that are higher than the levels required by the Basel Committee framework. The proposed surcharge formula may also directly take into account the extent of each U.S. G-SIB’s reliance on short-term wholesale funding.

Supplementary Leverage Ratio.    The U.S. banking regulators have issued a final rule to implement enhanced supplementary leverage ratio standards for certain large bank holding companies and their insured depository institution subsidiaries, including the Company and the Company’s U.S. Banks. Under the final rule, a covered bank holding company would need to maintain a Tier 1 supplementary leverage capital buffer of greater than 2% in addition to the 3% minimum supplementary leverage ratio (for a total of greater than 5%), in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. The final rule also establishes a “well-capitalized” threshold based on a supplementary leverage ratio of 6% for insured depository institution subsidiaries, including the Company’s U.S. Banks.

In September 2014, the U.S. banking regulators issued a final rule revising the denominator of the supplementary leverage ratio to implement the Basel Committee’s January 2014 revisions to the denominator of the Basel III leverage ratio. The revised denominator is calculated for each reporting quarter based on the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP less certain amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital at quarter-end and the average month-end balance of certain off-balance sheet exposures associated with derivatives (including centrally cleared derivatives and sold credit protection), repo-style transactions and other off-balance sheet items during the calendar quarter. The enhanced supplementary leverage ratio standards will become effective on January 1, 2018 with public disclosure beginning in 2015. Based on a preliminary analysis of the U.S. banking regulators’ enhanced supplementary leverage ratio final rule and revisions to the denominator of the supplementary leverage ratio, the Company estimates its pro forma supplementary leverage ratio to be approximately 4.9% at September 30, 2014. This estimate utilizes a fully phased-in Basel III Tier 1 capital numerator and a denominator of approximately $1.22 trillion, which represents the Company’s consolidated assets under U.S. GAAP as adjusted, among other items, by: (i) the addition of the potential future exposure for derivative contracts (including contracts cleared for clients), off-balance sheet exposures multiplied by their respective credit conversion factors, counterparty credit risk associated with repo-style transactions, and the effective notional amount of sold credit protection reduced by certain qualifying purchased credit protection; and (ii) the subtraction of certain amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital. The pro forma supplementary leverage ratio estimate is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure for evaluating compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that have not yet become effective. Based on a preliminary analysis of the revised standards, the Company expects to achieve a supplementary leverage ratio of greater than 5% in 2015 through accretion of capital and other actions, which may include derivative portfolio compression and other balance sheet optimization.

The Company’s estimated supplementary leverage ratio is based upon its current interpretation and expectations regarding the implementation of applicable regulations and remains subject to ongoing review and revision. The Company’s expectations are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from estimates based on these regulations. Further, these expectations should not be taken as projections of what the Company’s supplemental leverage ratios or earnings, assets, or exposures will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect the future results of the Company, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2013 Form 10-K.

 

  155   LOGO


Table of Contents

Required Capital.

The Company’s required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital Framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. This framework is a risk-based and leverage use-of-capital measure, which is compared with the Company’s regulatory capital to ensure the Company maintains an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from extreme stress events where applicable, at a point in time. The Company defines the difference between its regulatory capital and aggregate Required Capital as Parent capital. Average Common Equity Tier 1 capital, aggregate Required Capital and Parent capital for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 were approximately $58.7 billion, $39.3 billion and $19.4 billion, respectively. The Company generally holds Parent capital for prospective regulatory requirements, including U.S. Basel III transitional deductions and adjustments expected to reduce the Company’s capital through 2018. The increase in Parent capital from the fourth quarter of 2013 to the third quarter of 2014 was primarily driven by these transitional provisions. The Company also holds Parent capital for organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

Common Equity Tier 1 capital and common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated by the Required Capital Framework as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to total Company Required Capital. Required Capital is assessed at each business segment and further attributed to product lines. This process is intended to align capital with the risks in each business segment in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis. The Required Capital Framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques. The Company will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

The following table presents the business segments’ and Parent’s average Common Equity Tier 1 capital and average common equity for the quarters ended September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

     September 30, 2014 (U.S. Basel III)      December 31, 2013 (U.S. Basel I +
Basel 2.5)
 
     Average
Common Equity
Tier 1 Capital
     Average
Common  Equity
     Average Tier 1
Common  Capital
     Average
Common  Equity
 
     (dollars in billions)  

Institutional Securities

   $ 31.9      $ 32.6      $ 31.4      $ 36.2  

Wealth Management

     5.2        11.2        4.5        13.2  

Investment Management

     2.2        3.1        1.8        2.9  

Parent capital

     19.4        19.3        11.9        10.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 58.7      $ 66.2      $ 49.6      $ 63.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Resolution Plan.

The Company is required to submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC an annual resolution plan that describes its strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure of the Company. The Company submitted its 2014 resolution plan in June 2014. On August 5, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC notified the Company and 10 other large banking organizations that certain shortcomings in the 2013 resolution plans must be addressed in the 2015 resolution plans, which must be submitted on or before July 1, 2015.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements with Unconsolidated Entities.

The Company enters into various arrangements with unconsolidated entities, including variable interest entities, primarily in connection with its Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments. See “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements with Unconsolidated Entities” included in Part II, Item 7, of the 2013 Form 10-K and Note 7 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

 

LOGO   156  


Table of Contents

See Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information on Guarantees.

Commitments.

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin lending at September 30, 2014 were approximately $150 billion. See Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information on Commitments.

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates.

To the extent that an increased inflation outlook results in rising interest rates or has negative impacts on the valuation of financial instruments that exceed the impact on the value of the Company’s liabilities, it may adversely affect the Company’s financial position and profitability. Rising inflation may also result in increases in the Company’s non-interest expenses that may not be readily recoverable in higher prices of services offered.

A significant portion of the Company’s business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, therefore, can affect the value of non-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. Potential exposures as a result of these fluctuations in currencies are closely monitored, and, where cost-justified, strategies are adopted that are designed to reduce the impact of these fluctuations on the Company’s financial performance. These strategies may include the financing of non-U.S. dollar assets with direct or swap-based borrowings in the same currency and the use of currency forward contracts or the spot market in various hedging transactions related to net assets, revenues, expenses or cash flows.

 

  157   LOGO


Table of Contents
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Market Risk.

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, the Company incurs market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of the Company’s Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) for market risk exposures are generated. In addition, the Company incurs trading-related market risk within the Wealth Management business segment. The Investment Management business segment incurs principally Non-trading market risk primarily from capital investments in real estate funds and investments in private equity vehicles. For a further discussion of the Company’s Market Risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A of the 2013 Form 10-K.

VaR.

The Company uses the statistical technique known as VaR as one of the tools used to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of its trading portfolios. The Company’s Market Risk Department calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations.

The Company estimates VaR using a model based on volatility adjusted historical simulation for general market risk factors and Monte Carlo simulation for name-specific risk in corporate shares, bonds, loans and related derivatives. The model constructs a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of trading portfolios based on the following: historical observation of daily changes in key market indices or other market risk factors; and information on the sensitivity of the portfolio values to these market risk factor changes. The Company’s VaR model uses four years of historical data with a volatility adjustment to reflect current market conditions. The Company’s VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) is computed at a 95% level of confidence over a one-day time horizon, which is a useful indicator of possible trading losses resulting from adverse daily market moves. The Company’s 95%/one-day VaR corresponds to the unrealized loss in portfolio value that, based on historically observed market risk factor movements, would have been exceeded with a frequency of 5%, or five times in every 100 trading days, if the portfolio were held constant for one day.

The Company’s VaR model generally takes into account linear and non-linear exposures to equity and commodity price risk, interest rate risk, credit spread risk and foreign exchange rates. The model also takes into account linear exposures to implied volatility risks for all asset classes and non-linear exposures to implied volatility risks for equity, commodity and foreign exchange referenced products. The VaR model also captures certain implied correlation risks associated with portfolio credit derivatives as well as certain basis risks (e.g., corporate debt and related credit derivatives).

The Company uses VaR as one of a range of risk management tools. Among their benefits, VaR models permit estimation of a portfolio’s aggregate market risk exposure, incorporating a range of varied market risks and portfolio assets. One key element of the VaR model is that it reflects risk reduction due to portfolio diversification or hedging activities. However, VaR has various limitations, which include, but are not limited to: use of historical changes in market risk factors, which may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions, and may not fully incorporate the risk of extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval; and reporting of losses in a single day, which does not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR. The modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies on approximations that, under certain circumstances,

 

LOGO   158  


Table of Contents

could produce significantly different results from those produced using more precise measures. VaR is most appropriate as a risk measure for trading positions in liquid financial markets and will understate the risk associated with severe events, such as periods of extreme illiquidity. The Company is aware of these and other limitations and, therefore, uses VaR as only one component in its risk management oversight process. This process also incorporates stress testing and scenario analyses and extensive risk monitoring, analysis, and control at the trading desk, division and Company levels.

The Company’s VaR model evolves over time in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. The Company is committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of the Company’s regular process improvements, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors.

Since the reported VaR statistics are estimates based on historical data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of the Company’s future revenues or financial performance or of its ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that the Company’s actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated below or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days for a 95%/one-day VaR. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses which, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the firms’ portfolios, modeling assumptions and methodologies. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates across firms for similar portfolios. The impact of such differences varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated, and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more useful when interpreted as indicators of trends in a firm’s risk profile, rather than as an absolute measure of risk to be compared across firms.

The Company utilizes the same VaR model for risk management purposes as well as for regulatory capital calculations. The Company’s VaR model has been approved by the Company’s regulators for use in regulatory capital calculations.

The portfolio of positions used for the Company’s Management VaR differs from that used for regulatory capital requirements (“Regulatory VaR”), as Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include counterparty credit valuation adjustments, and loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges. Additionally, the Company’s Management VaR excludes certain risks contained in its Regulatory VaR, such as hedges to counterparty exposures related to the Company’s own credit spread.

Table 1 below presents the Management VaR for the Company’s Trading portfolio, on a period-end, quarterly average and quarterly high and low basis. The Credit Portfolio is disclosed as a separate category from the Primary Risk Categories, and includes loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges, as well as counterparty credit valuation adjustments and related hedges.

 

  159   LOGO


Table of Contents

Trading Risks.

The table below presents the Company’s 95%/one-day Management VaR:

 

Table 1: 95% Management VaR    95%/One-Day VaR for the
Quarter Ended September 30, 2014
     95%/One-Day VaR for the
Quarter Ended June 30, 2014
 

Market Risk Category

   Period
End
    Average     High      Low      Period
End
    Average     High      Low  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest rate and credit spread

   $ 33     $ 28     $ 33      $ 25      $ 32     $ 31     $ 37      $ 26  

Equity price

     16       16       19        15        21       18       22        15  

Foreign exchange rate

     9       9       12        7        7       9       17        6  

Commodity price

     13       15       17        13        18       19       22        17  

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

     (32     (30     N/A        N/A        (31     (34     N/A        N/A  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

      

Primary Risk Categories

   $ 39     $ 38     $ 44      $ 34      $ 47     $ 43     $ 49      $ 37  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

      

Credit Portfolio

     10       10       11        9        9       11       14        9  

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

     (6     (6     N/A        N/A        (6     (6     N/A        N/A  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total Management VaR

   $ 43     $ 42     $ 47      $ 38      $ 50     $ 48     $ 55      $ 41  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

N/A–Not Applicable
(1) Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total Management VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the components occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each component.
(2) The high and low VaR values for the total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the quarter, and therefore the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

The Company’s average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 was $38 million compared with $43 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2014. The decrease was primarily driven by reduced exposure to commodity products.

The Company’s average Credit Portfolio VaR for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 was $10 million compared with $11 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2014.

The Company’s average Total Management VaR for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 was $42 million compared with $48 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2014. This decrease was driven by the reduced risk in Primary Risk Categories.

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for the quarter ended September 30, 2014.

One method of evaluating the reasonableness of the Company’s VaR model as a measure of the Company’s potential volatility of net revenues is to compare the VaR with actual trading revenues. Assuming no intra-day trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the adequacy of the VaR model would be questioned. The Company evaluates the reasonableness of its VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results for the Company, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, the Company examines the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results.

The distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues is presented in the histograms below for both the Primary Risk Categories and the Total Trading populations.

 

LOGO   160  


Table of Contents

Primary Risk Categories.

As shown in Table 1, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 was $38 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR for the quarter ended September 30, 2014, which was in a range between $34 million and $43 million for approximately 95% of the trading days during the quarter.

 

LOGO

 

  161   LOGO


Table of Contents

The histogram below shows the distribution of daily net trading revenues, which includes profits and losses from positions included in VaR for the Company’s businesses that comprise the Primary Risk Categories for the quarter ended September 30, 2014. Daily net trading revenues also include intraday trading activities but exclude certain items not captured in the VaR model, such as fees, commissions and net interest income. Daily net trading revenues differ from the definition of revenue required for Regulatory VaR backtesting, which further excludes intraday trading. During the quarter ended September 30, 2014, the Company’s businesses that comprise the Primary Risk Categories experienced net trading losses on 6 days, of which no day was in excess of the 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO   162  


Table of Contents

Total Trading—including the Primary Risk Categories and the Credit Portfolio.

As shown in Table 1, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Total Management VaR, which includes the Primary Risk Categories and the Credit Portfolio, for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 was $42 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Total Management VaR for the quarter ended September 30, 2014, which was in a range between $38 million and $47 million for approximately 92% of trading days during the quarter.

 

LOGO

 

  163   LOGO


Table of Contents

The histogram below shows the distribution of daily net trading revenues, which includes profits and losses from primary risk categories, credit portfolio positions and intraday trading activities, for the Company’s Trading businesses for the quarter ended September 30, 2014. Daily net trading revenues also include intraday trading activities but exclude certain items not captured in the VaR model, such as fees, commissions and net interest income. Daily net trading revenues differ from the definition of revenue required for Regulatory VaR backtesting, which further excludes intraday trading. During the quarter ended September 30, 2014, the Company experienced net trading losses on 7 days, of which no day was in excess of the 95%/one-day Total Management VaR.

 

LOGO

Non-Trading Risks.

The Company believes that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of the Company’s non-trading risks. Reflected below is this analysis, which covers substantially all of the non-trading risk in the Company’s portfolio.

Counterparty Exposure Related to the Company’s Own Credit Spread.

The credit spread risk relating to the Company’s own mark-to-market derivative counterparty exposure is managed separately from VaR. The credit spread risk sensitivity of this exposure corresponds to an increase in value of approximately $6 million for each 1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level for both September 30, 2014 and June 30, 2014.

Funding Liabilities.

The credit spread risk sensitivity of the Company’s mark-to-market funding liabilities corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $10 million and $11 million for each 1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level for September 30, 2014 and June 30, 2014, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity on Income from Continuing Operations.

The Company measures the interest rate risk of certain assets and liabilities by calculating the hypothetical sensitivity of net interest income to potential changes in the level of interest rates over the next 12 months. This

 

LOGO   164  


Table of Contents

sensitivity analysis includes positions that are mark-to-market, as well as positions that are accounted for on an accrual basis. For interest rate derivatives that are perfect economic hedges to non-mark-to-market assets or liabilities, the disclosed sensitivities include only the impact of the coupon accrual mismatch.

The hypothetical model does not assume any growth, change in business focus, asset pricing philosophy or asset/liability funding mix and does not capture how the Company would respond to significant changes in market conditions. Furthermore, the model does not reflect the Company’s expectations regarding the movement of interest rates in the near term, nor the actual effect on income from continuing operations before income taxes if such changes were to occur.

Given the current low interest rate environment, the Company uses the following interest rate scenarios to quantify the Company’s interest rate risk sensitivity: instantaneous parallel shocks of 100 and 200 basis point increases and 100 basis point decrease to all points on all yield curves simultaneously.

 

     +200  Basis
Points
     +100  Basis
Points
     -100  Basis
Points(1)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Impact on the Company’s consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes:

        

September 30, 2014

   $ 1,167      $ 650        N/M  

June 30, 2014

     1,248        716        N/M  

 

(1) N/M – Not Meaningful given the current low interest rate environment.

Due to the non-trading nature of the assets and liabilities in the Company’s U.S. bank entities, net interest income sensitivity is computed and analyzed by management for both upward and downward movements in the yield curve. The Company uses the following interest rate scenarios to quantify the Company’s U.S. Banks’ interest rate risk sensitivity: instantaneous parallel shocks of 100 and 200 basis point increases and 100 basis point decrease to all points on all yield curves simultaneously.

 

     +200  Basis
Points
     +100  Basis
Points
     -100  Basis
Points
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Impact on the Company’s U.S. Banks’ income from continuing operations before income taxes:

        

September 30, 2014

   $ 432      $ 282      $ (356

June 30, 2014

     593        388        (275

Investments.

The Company makes investments in both public and private companies. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, the majority of which are for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net income associated with a 10% decline in investment values.

 

     10% Sensitivity  

Investments

   September 30, 2014      June 30, 2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

Investments related to Investment Management activities:

     

Hedge fund investments

   $ 103      $ 105  

Private equity and infrastructure funds

     135        137  

Real estate funds

     157        159  

Other investments:

     

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

     146        153  

Other Company investments

     211        234  

 

  165   LOGO


Table of Contents

Equity Market Sensitivity.

In the Company’s Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, certain fee-based revenue streams are driven by the value of clients’ equity holdings. The overall level of revenues for these streams also depends on multiple additional factors that include, but are not limited to, the level and duration of the equity market decline, price volatility, the geographic and industry mix of client assets, the rate and magnitude of client investments and redemptions, and the impact of such market decline and price volatility on client behavior. Therefore, overall revenues do not correlate completely with changes in the equity markets.

Credit Risk.

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of the 2013 Form 10-K. Also, see Notes 8 and 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about the Company’s loans and lending commitments, respectively.

Lending Activities.

The Company provides loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals. In addition, the Company purchases loans in the secondary market. Loans held for investment and loans held for sale are classified in Loans and loans held at fair value are classified in Trading assets in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. See Notes 4 and 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

The table below presents the Company’s loan portfolio by loan type within its Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments.

 

     At September 30, 2014      At December 31,
2013
 
     Institutional
Securities
Corporate
Lending(1)
     Institutional
Securities
Other
Lending(2)
     Wealth
Management
Lending(3)
     Total(4)      Total(5)  
     (dollars in millions)         

Corporate loans

   $ 8,188      $ 5,233      $ 5,051      $ 18,472      $ 13,126  

Consumer loans

     —          —          15,387        15,387        11,576  

Residential real estate loans

     —          —          14,191        14,191        10,002  

Wholesale real estate loans

     —          3,415        —          3,415        1,841  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

     8,188        8,648        34,629        51,465        36,545  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate loans

     5,937        60        —           5,997        6,168  

Consumer loans

     —           —           —           —           —     

Residential real estate loans

     —           15        91        106        112  

Wholesale real estate loans

     —           641        —           641        49  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

     5,937        716        91        6,744        6,329  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate loans

     667        8,731        —           9,398        9,774  

Consumer loans

     —           —           —           —           —     

Residential real estate loans

     —           1,537        —           1,537        1,434  

Wholesale real estate loans

     —           3,008        —           3,008        1,404  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans held at fair value

     667        13,276        —           13,943        12,612  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 14,792      $ 22,640      $ 34,720      $ 72,152      $ 55,486  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   166  


Table of Contents

 

(1) In addition to loans, at September 30, 2014, $62.2 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment, $16.3 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for sale and $4.1 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for at fair value.
(2) In addition to loans, at September 30, 2014, $1.9 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment, $0.1 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for sale and $2.1 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for at fair value.
(3) In addition to loans, at September 30, 2014, $4.6 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment. At September 30, 2014, there were no unfunded lending commitments accounted for as held for sale.
(4) Excludes customer margin loans outstanding of $28.9 billion and employee loans outstanding of $5.1 billion at September 30, 2014. See Notes 6 and 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.
(5) Excludes customer margin loans outstanding of $29.2 billion and employee loans outstanding of $5.6 billion at December 31, 2013. See Notes 6 and 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information

Institutional Securities Corporate Lending Activities.    In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business segment activities, the Company provides loans or lending commitments to select corporate clients. These loans and lending commitments may have varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company.

The Company’s corporate lending credit exposure is primarily from loans and lending commitments used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity purposes and typically consists of revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and term loans. In addition, the Company provides “event-driven” loans and lending commitments associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization activities. The Company’s “event-driven” loans and lending commitments typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans.

Corporate lending commitments may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements, as the commitment may expire unused or the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment or the Company’s portion of the commitment may be reduced through the syndication or sales process. Such syndications or sales may involve third-party institutional investors where the Company may have a custodial relationship, such as prime brokerage clients.

The Company may hedge and/or sell its exposures in connection with loans and lending commitments. Additionally, the Company may mitigate credit risk by requiring borrowers to pledge collateral and include financial covenants in lending commitments to such borrowers. In the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition these loans are carried at either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings; held for investment, which are recorded at amortized cost; or held for sale, which are recorded at lower of cost or fair value.

The Company’s credit exposure from its corporate lending positions and lending commitments, are measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards. Lending commitments represent legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for all lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

 

  167   LOGO


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s Institutional Securities Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans.

 

     At September 30, 2014      At December 31,
2013
 
     Years to Maturity      Total(2)      Total(2)  

Credit Rating(1)

   Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5        
     (dollars in millions)         

AAA

   $ 262      $ 74      $ 84      $ —        $ 420      $ 1,094  

AA

     3,536        2,619        4,722        —          10,877        10,145  

A

     2,145        4,269        12,479        190        19,083        19,377  

BBB

     3,567        9,488        22,646        503        36,204        35,260  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment grade

     9,510        16,450        39,931        693        66,584        65,876  

Non-investment grade

     2,555        7,740         15,684         4,078         30,057        27,157  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,065      $ 24,190      $ 55,615      $ 4,771      $ 96,641      $ 93,033  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(2) Represents the Company’s potential loss assuming the market price of funded loans and lending commitments was zero.

At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of investment grade funded loans was $6.6 billion and $6.5 billion and the aggregate amount of non-investment grade funded loans was $7.5 billion and $7.9 billion, respectively. In connection with these corporate lending activities (which include both corporate funded and unfunded lending commitments), the Company had hedges (which included “single name,” “sector” and “index” hedges) with a notional amount of $11.0 billion related to the total corporate lending exposure of $96.6 billion at September 30, 2014 and with a notional amount of $9.0 billion related to the total corporate lending exposure of $93.0 billion at December 31, 2013. At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, all Corporate lending activities held for investment were current.

“Event-Driven” Loans and Lending Commitments at September 30, 2014.

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above at September 30, 2014 were “event-driven” exposures of $14.0 billion composed of funded loans of $3.7 billion and lending commitments of $10.3 billion. Included in the “event-driven” exposure at September 30, 2014 were $10.7 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers. The maturity profile of these “event-driven” loans and lending commitments at September 30, 2014 were as follows: 28% will mature in less than 1 year, 12% will mature within 1 to 3 years, 37% will mature within 3 to 5 years and 23% will mature in over 5 years.

 

LOGO   168  


Table of Contents

Industry Exposure—Corporate Lending.    The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed below.

The following table presents the Company’s credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments by industry (dollars in millions):

 

Industry

   At September 30, 2014      At December 31, 2013  

Energy

   $ 13,056      $ 12,240  

Utilities

     12,516        10,410  

Consumer discretionary

     11,245        9,981  

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(1)

     9,299        7,190  

Industrials

     8,924        9,514  

Healthcare

     8,770        10,095  

Information technology

     7,491        6,526  

Consumer staples

     7,421        6,788  

Materials

     4,729        4,867  

Real Estate

     4,339        4,171  

Telecommunications services

     4,311        5,658  

Other

     4,540        5,593  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 96,641      $ 93,033  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses and diversified financial services.

Institutional Securities Other Lending Activities.    In addition to the primary corporate lending activities described above, the Institutional Securities business segment engages in other lending activities. These activities primarily include corporate loans purchased in the secondary market, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending and financing extended to institutional equities clients. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the loans and lending commitments associated with these activities increased approximately 70%, mainly due to growth in corporate and wholesale real estate loans. At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, approximately 99.9% and 99.6%, respectively, of Institutional Securities other lending activities held for investment were current; while approximately 0.1% and 0.4%, respectively, were on non-accrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

The Company’s Institutional Securities other lending activities by remaining contract maturity at September 30, 2014 were as follows:

 

     At September 30, 2014      At December 31,
2013
 
     Years to Maturity      Total      Total  
     Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5        
     (dollars in millions)         

Corporate loans

   $ 3,690      $ 6,311      $ 1,592      $ 2,431      $ 14,024      $ 8,870  

Consumer loans

     —          —          —          —          —          —    

Residential real estate loans

     —          55        —          1,497        1,552        1,447  

Wholesale real estate loans

     87        3,710        1,280        1,987        7,064        3,288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,777      $ 10,076      $ 2,872      $ 5,915      $ 22,640      $ 13,605  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition, Institutional Securities other lending activities include margin lending, which allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Institutional Securities margin lending of $15.3 billion and $15.2 billion, respectively, were classified within Customer and other receivables in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

  169   LOGO


Table of Contents

Wealth Management Lending Activities.    The principal Wealth Management lending activities includes securities-based lending and residential real estate loans. The Company’s Wealth Management business segment lending activities by remaining contract maturity at September 30, 2014 were as follows:

 

     At September 30, 2014      At December 31,
2013
 
     Years to Maturity      Total      Total  
     Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5        
     (dollars in millions)         

Securities-based lending and other loans

   $ 18,175      $ 957      $ 697      $ 609      $ 20,438      $ 14,883  

Residential real estate loans

     —          —          —          14,282        14,282        10,101  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18,175      $ 957      $ 697      $ 14,891      $ 34,720      $ 24,984  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities-based lending provided to the Company’s retail clients is primarily conducted through the Company’s Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) platform which had an outstanding funded loan balance of $17.9 billion within the $20.4 billion in the above table at September 30, 2014. These loans allow the client to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any purpose other than purchasing securities. The Company establishes approved credit lines against qualifying securities and monitors limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. These credit lines are primarily uncommitted loan facilities, as the Company reserves the right not to make any advances, or may terminate these credit lines at any time. Factors considered in the review of these loans are the amount, the proposed pledged collateral and its diversification profile and, in the case of concentrated positions, liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies. Underlying collateral is also reviewed with respect to the valuation, trading history, volatility and any issuer or industry concentrations.

Residential real estate loans consist of first and second lien mortgages, including home equity lines of credit (“HELOC”) loans. For these loans, a loan evaluation process is adopted within a framework of credit underwriting policies and collateral valuation. The Company’s underwriting policy is designed to ensure that all borrowers pass an assessment of capacity and willingness to pay, which includes an analysis of applicable industry standard credit scoring models (e.g., Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) scores), debt ratios and reserves of the borrower. Loan-to-value ratios are determined based on independent third-party property appraisal/valuations, and security lien position is established through title/ownership reports. The vast majority of mortgage and HELOC loans are held for investment in the Company’s portfolio.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the loans and lending commitments associated with the Company’s Wealth Management business segment lending activities increased by approximately 33%, mainly due to growth in PLA and residential real estate loans. At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, approximately 99.9% and 99.9%, respectively, of the Company’s Wealth Management business segment lending activities held for investment were current; approximately 0.1% and 0.1%, respectively, were on non-accrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

The Company’s Wealth Management business segment also provides margin lending to retail clients and had an outstanding balance of $13.6 billion and $14.0 billion at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, which were classified within Customer and other receivables in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

In addition, the Company’s Wealth Management business segment has employee loans that are granted primarily in conjunction with a program established by the Company to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans, recorded in Customer and other receivables in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, are full recourse, require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from four to 12 years. The Company establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable from terminated employees, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

 

LOGO   170  


Table of Contents

Credit Exposure—Derivatives.

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. In connection with its OTC derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to demand collateral as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master agreement in the event of counterparty default. The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). For credit exposure information on the Company’s OTC derivative products, see Note 10 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Credit Derivatives.    A credit derivative is a contract between a seller (guarantor) and buyer (beneficiary) of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on one or more debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The beneficiary typically pays a periodic premium over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the guarantor is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events, as defined in the contract, may be one or more of the following defined events: bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, payment moratorium and restructurings.

The Company trades in a variety of credit derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. In transactions referencing a portfolio of entities or securities, protection may be limited to a tranche of exposure or a single name within the portfolio. The Company is an active market maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market maker, the Company works to earn a bid-offer spread on client flow business and manages any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. Further, the Company uses credit derivatives to manage its exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures during the periods presented. The effectiveness of the Company’s credit default swap (“CDS”) protection as a hedge of the Company’s exposures may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS.

The Company actively monitors its counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of the Company’s counterparties is composed of banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions. Contracts with these counterparties may include provisions related to counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in additional collateral being required by the Company. As with all derivative contracts, the Company considers counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its positions and recognizes credit valuation adjustments as appropriate within Trading revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

The following tables summarize the key characteristics of the Company’s credit derivative portfolio by counterparty at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The fair values shown are before the application of any counterparty or cash collateral netting. For additional credit exposure information on the Company’s credit derivative portfolio, see Note 10 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

 

     At September 30, 2014  
     Fair Values(1)     Notionals  
     Receivable      Payable      Net     Beneficiary      Guarantor  
     (dollars in millions)  

Banks and securities firms

   $ 25,686      $ 25,249      $ 437     $ 828,925      $ 803,994  

Insurance and other financial institutions

     6,201        6,274        (73     218,212        246,172  

Non-financial entities

     91        86        5       4,641        3,743  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 31,978      $ 31,609      $ 369     $ 1,051,778      $ 1,053,909  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company’s CDS are classified in both Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 5% of receivable fair values and 7% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts (see Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

 

  171   LOGO


Table of Contents
     At December 31, 2013  
     Fair Values(1)      Notionals  
     Receivable      Payable      Net      Beneficiary      Guarantor  
     (dollars in millions)  

Banks and securities firms

   $ 60,728      $ 57,399      $ 3,329      $ 1,620,774      $ 1,573,217  

Insurance and other financial institutions

     7,313        6,908        405        278,705        313,897  

Non-financial entities

     226        187        39        7,922        6,078  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 68,267      $ 64,494      $ 3,773      $ 1,907,401      $ 1,893,192  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company’s CDS are classified in both Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 7% of receivable fair values and 5% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts (see Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Industry Exposure—OTC Derivative Products.    The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries for current exposure arising from the Company’s OTC derivative contracts.

The following table shows the Company’s OTC derivative products at fair value by industry (dollars in millions):

 

Industry

   At September 30,
2014
     At December 31,
2013
 
     

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(1)

   $ 3,484      $ 2,433  

Banks and securities firms

     3,431        2,358  

Utilities

     3,263        3,142  

Regional governments

     1,516        1,597  

Healthcare

     1,321        1,089  

Special purpose vehicles

     1,155        1,908  

Industrials

     1,124        914  

Real Estate

     992        503  

Not-for-profit organizations

     863        672  

Sovereign governments

     828        816  

Consumer staples

     525        487  

Other

     1,921        1,695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(2)

   $ 20,423      $ 17,614  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses and diversified financial services.
(2) For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Other.

In addition to the activities noted above, there are other credit risks managed by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department and various business areas within the Institutional Securities business segment. The Company participates in securitization activities whereby it extends short- or long-term funding to clients through loans and lending commitments that are secured by assets of the borrower and generally provide for over-collateralization, including commercial real estate, loans secured by loan pools, commercial company loans, and secured lines of revolving credit. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement or a decline in the underlying collateral value. See Note 7 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for information about the Company’s securitization activities. Certain risk management activities as they pertain to establishing appropriate collateral amounts for the Company’s prime brokerage and securitized product businesses are primarily monitored within those respective areas in that they determine the appropriate collateral level for each strategy or position. In addition, a collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about the Company’s collateralized transactions.

 

LOGO   172  


Table of Contents

Country Risk Exposure. 

Country risk exposure is the risk that uncertainties arising from the economic, social, security and political conditions within a foreign country (any country other than the U.S.) will adversely affect the ability of the sovereign government and/or obligors within the country to honor their obligations to the Company. Country risk exposure is measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards and includes obligations from sovereign governments, corporations, clearinghouses and financial institutions. The Company actively manages country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and market fundamentals and allows the Company to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk. Country risk exposure before and after hedges is monitored and managed.

The Company’s obligor credit evaluation process may also identify indirect exposures whereby an obligor has vulnerability or exposure to another country or jurisdiction. Examples of indirect exposures include mutual funds that invest in a single country, offshore companies whose assets reside in another country to that of the offshore jurisdiction and finance company subsidiaries of corporations. Indirect exposures identified through the credit evaluation process may result in a reclassification of country risk.

The Company conducts periodic stress testing that seeks to measure the impact on the Company’s credit and market exposures of shocks stemming from negative economic or political scenarios. When deemed appropriate by the Company’s risk managers, the stress test scenarios include possible contagion effects. Second order risks such as the impact for core European banks of their peripheral exposures may also be considered. This analysis, and results of the stress tests, may result in the amendment of limits or exposure mitigation.

The Company’s sovereign exposures consist of financial instruments entered into with sovereign and local governments. Its non-sovereign exposures consist of exposures to primarily corporations and financial institutions. The following table shows the Company’s ten largest non-U.S. country risk net exposures at September 30, 2014. Index credit derivatives are included in the Company’s country risk exposure tables. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of each reference entity in the index, adjusted for any fair value receivable/payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuer in a specific country that references bonds issued by an entity in a different country, the fair value of the CDS is reflected in the Net Counterparty Exposure column based on the country of the CDS issuer. Further, the notional amount of the CDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable/payable is reflected in the Net Inventory column based on the country of the underlying reference entity.

 

Country

   Net
Inventory(1)
     Net
Counterparty
Exposure(2)(3)
     Funded
Lending
     Unfunded
Commitments
     Exposure
Before
Hedges
     Hedges(4)     Net
Exposure(5)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

United Kingdom:

                   

Sovereigns

   $ 397      $ 30      $ —        $ —        $ 427      $ (75   $ 352  

Non-sovereigns

     2,384        14,609        1,191        6,293        24,477        (2,138     22,339  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 2,781      $ 14,639      $ 1,191      $ 6,293      $ 24,904      $ (2,213   $ 22,691  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Germany:

                   

Sovereigns

   $ 2,702      $ 232      $ —        $ —        $ 2,934      $ (1,470   $ 1,464  

Non-sovereigns

     745        2,396        375        3,954        7,470        (1,785     5,685  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 3,447      $ 2,628      $ 375      $ 3,954      $ 10,404      $ (3,255   $ 7,149  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

France:

                   

Sovereigns

   $ 503      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 503      $ —       $ 503  

Non-sovereigns

     1,263        2,316        237        2,667        6,483        (670     5,813  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 1,766      $ 2,316      $ 237      $ 2,667      $ 6,986      $ (670   $ 6,316  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  173   LOGO


Table of Contents

Country

   Net
Inventory(1)
    Net
Counterparty
Exposure(2)(3)
     Funded
Lending
     Unfunded
Commitments
     Exposure
Before
Hedges
    Hedges(4)     Net
Exposure(5)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Canada:

                 

Sovereigns

   $ 1     $ 108      $ —        $ —        $ 109     $ —       $ 109  

Non-sovereigns

     936       1,401        140        1,440        3,917       (79     3,838  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 937     $ 1,509      $ 140      $ 1,440      $ 4,026     $ (79   $ 3,947  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

China:

                 

Sovereigns

   $ 290     $ 70      $ —        $ —        $ 360     $ —       $ 360  

Non-sovereigns

     1,378       512        660        749        3,299       (44     3,255  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 1,668     $ 582      $ 660      $ 749      $ 3,659     $ (44   $ 3,615  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Japan:

                 

Sovereigns

   $ 759     $ 110      $ —        $ —        $ 869     $ (10   $ 859  

Non-sovereigns

     770       1,938        18        —          2,726       (28     2,698  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 1,529     $ 2,048      $ 18      $ —        $ 3,595     $ (38   $ 3,557  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Singapore:

                 

Sovereigns

   $ 2,449     $ 328      $ —        $ —        $ 2,777     $ —       $ 2,777  

Non-sovereigns

     146       471        20        134        771       (43     728  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 2,595     $ 799      $ 20      $ 134      $ 3,548     $ (43   $ 3,505  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Brazil:

                 

Sovereigns

   $ 1,755     $ 2      $ —        $ —        $ 1,757     $ —       $ 1,757  

Non-sovereigns

     (65     188        995        150        1,268       (358     910  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 1,690     $ 190      $ 995      $ 150      $ 3,025     $ (358   $ 2,667  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Australia:

                 

Sovereigns

   $ (78   $ 19      $ —        $ —        $ (59   $ —       $ (59

Non-sovereigns

     691       658        482        1,073        2,904       (370     2,534  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 613     $ 677      $ 482      $ 1,073      $ 2,845     $ (370   $ 2,475  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Netherlands:

                 

Sovereigns

   $ (522   $ 2      $ —        $ —        $ (520   $ (33   $ (553

Non-sovereigns

     866       828        273        1,225        3,192       (298     2,894  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 344     $ 830      $ 273      $ 1,225      $ 2,672     $ (331   $ 2,341  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable). As a market maker, the Company transacts in these CDS positions to facilitate client trading. At September 30, 2014, gross purchased protection, gross written protection and net exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for those countries were $(261.2) billion, $261.0 billion and $(0.1) billion, respectively. For a further description of the triggers for purchased credit protection and whether those triggers may limit the effectiveness of the Company’s hedges, see “Credit Exposure—Derivatives” herein.
(2) Net counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.
(3) At September 30, 2014, the benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure was $10.0 billion in the U.K., with 97% of collateral consisting of cash, U.S. and U.K. government obligations, and $14.1 billion in Germany with 97% of collateral consisting of cash and government obligations of France and Belgium. The benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure in the other countries totaled approximately $16.1 billion, with collateral primarily consisting of cash, U.S. and Japanese government obligations. These amounts do not include collateral received on secured financing transactions.
(4) Represents CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and funded lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures for the Company. Based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.
(5) In addition, at September 30, 2014, the Company had exposure to these countries for overnight deposits with banks of approximately $12.5 billion.

 

LOGO   174  


Table of Contents
Item 4. Controls and Procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) occurred during the period covered by this report that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

  175   LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

         Three Months Ended September 30, 2014       
     Average
Weekly
Balance
       Interest       Annualized
Average

Rate
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

       

Interest earning assets:

       

Trading assets(1):

       

U.S.

   $ 100,135      $ 400       1.6

Non-U.S.

     110,972        108       0.4  

Available for sale securities:

       

U.S.

     65,590        162       1.0  

Loans:

       

U.S.

     55,920        461        3.3   

Non-U.S.

     347        13       15.2  

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

       

U.S.

     28,809        15       0.2  

Non-U.S.

     4,963        7       0.6  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2):

       

U.S.

     182,641        (156     (0.3

Non-U.S.

     77,355        53       0.3  

Other:

       

U.S.

     67,981        161       1.0  

Non-U.S.

     16,373        160       4.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 711,086      $ 1,384       0.8
     

 

 

   

Non-interest earning assets

     109,704       
  

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 820,790       
  

 

 

      

Liabilities and Equity

       

Interest bearing liabilities:

       

Deposits:

       

U.S.

   $ 120,046      $ 12       —    

Non-U.S.

     239        —         —    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(3):

       

U.S.

     949        1       0.4  

Non-U.S.

     637        —         —    

Long-term debt(3):

       

U.S.

     142,782        848       2.4  

Non-U.S.

     8,687        17       0.8  

Trading liabilities(1):

       

U.S.

     29,067        —         —    

Non-U.S.

     52,565        —         —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(4):

       

U.S.

     80,841        139       0.7  

Non-U.S.

     47,394        162       1.4  

Other:

       

U.S.

     120,627        (384     (1.3

Non-U.S.

     51,767        32       0.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 655,601      $ 827       0.5  
     

 

 

   

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

     165,189       
  

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 820,790       
  

 

 

      

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

      $ 557       0.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   176  


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

         Three Months Ended September 30, 2013       
   Average
Weekly
Balance
     Interest     Annualized
Average

Rate
 
   (dollars in millions)  

Assets

       

Interest earning assets:

       

Trading assets(1):

       

U.S.

   $ 111,974      $ 428       1.6

Non-U.S.

     102,620        66       0.3  

Available for sale securities:

       

U.S.

     44,639        111       1.0  

Loans:

       

U.S.

     36,276        281       3.1  

Non-U.S.

     472        18       15.5  

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

       

U.S.

     45,672        27       0.2  

Non-U.S.

     7,578        11       0.6  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2)(5):

       

U.S.

     187,507        (49     (0.1

Non-U.S.

     97,509        53       0.2  

Other:

       

U.S.

     59,561        166       1.1  

Non-U.S.

     20,317        149       3.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 714,125      $ 1,261       0.7
     

 

 

   

Non-interest earning assets

     117,002       
  

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 831,127       
  

 

 

      

Liabilities and Equity

       

Interest bearing liabilities:

       

Deposits:

       

U.S.

   $ 98,522      $ 44       0.2

Non-U.S.

     244        —         —    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(3):

       

U.S.

     976        1       0.4  

Non-U.S.

     1,375        3       0.9  

Long-term debt(3):

       

U.S.

     142,501        939       2.7  

Non-U.S.

     20,112        18       0.4  

Trading liabilities(1):

       

U.S.

     30,312        —         —    

Non-U.S.

     60,632        —         —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(4)(5):

       

U.S.

     105,898        156       0.6  

Non-U.S.

     69,612        201       1.2  

Other:

       

U.S.

     100,462        (250     (1.0

Non-U.S.

     40,597        39       0.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 671,243      $ 1,151       0.7  
     

 

 

   

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

     159,884       
  

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 831,127       
  

 

 

      

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

      $ 110       —  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  177   LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

         Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014       
   Average
Weekly
Balance
     Interest     Annualized
Average

Rate
 
   (dollars in millions)  

Assets

       

Interest earning assets:

       

Trading assets(1):

       

U.S.

   $ 104,250      $ 1,193       1.5

Non-U.S.

     114,636        327       0.4  

Available for sale securities:

       

U.S.

     61,009        449       1.0  

Loans:

       

U.S.

     50,023        1,180        3.2   

Non-U.S.

     377        40       14.2  

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

       

U.S.

     35,563        55       0.2  

Non-U.S.

     6,170        26       0.6  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2):

       

U.S.

     175,724        (374     (0.3

Non-U.S.

     84,468        135       0.2  

Other:

       

U.S.

     68,790        491       1.0  

Non-U.S.

     16,094        455       3.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 717,104      $ 3,977       0.7
     

 

 

   

Non-interest earning assets

     112,374       
  

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 829,478       
  

 

 

      

Liabilities and Equity

       

Interest bearing liabilities:

       

Deposits:

       

U.S.

   $ 117,133      $ 42       —    

Non-U.S.

     209        2       1.3  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(3):

       

U.S.

     927        1       0.1  

Non-U.S.

     620        2       0.4  

Long-term debt(3):

       

U.S.

     143,220        2,686       2.5  

Non-U.S.

     8,371        44       0.7  

Trading liabilities(1):

       

U.S.

     26,535        —         —    

Non-U.S.

     54,838        —         —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(4):

       

U.S.

     89,557        416       0.6  

Non-U.S.

     58,035        514       1.2  

Other:

       

U.S.

     116,708        (992     (1.1

Non-U.S.

     48,449        130       0.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 664,602      $ 2,845       0.6  
     

 

 

   

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

     164,876       
  

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 829,478       
  

 

 

      

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

      $ 1,132       0.1
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   178  


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

         Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013       
   Average
Weekly
Balance
     Interest     Annualized
Average

Rate
 
   (dollars in millions)  

Assets

       

Interest earning assets:

       

Trading assets(1):

       

U.S.

   $ 122,089      $ 1,504       1.6

Non-U.S.

     101,226        238       0.3  

Available for sale securities:

       

U.S.

     42,392        317       1.0  

Loans:

       

U.S.

     32,284        741       3.1  

Non-U.S.

     522        49       12.6  

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

       

U.S.

     30,683        57       0.2  

Non-U.S.

     7,716        32       0.6  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2)(5):

       

U.S.

     188,057        (157     (0.1

Non-U.S.

     98,894        133       0.2  

Other:

       

U.S.

     61,912        535       1.2  

Non-U.S.

     18,996        424       3.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 704,771      $ 3,873       0.7
     

 

 

   

Non-interest earning assets

     123,615       
  

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 828,386       
  

 

 

      

Liabilities and Equity

       

Interest bearing liabilities:

       

Deposits:

       

U.S.

   $ 85,799      $ 126       0.2

Non-U.S.

     939        —         —    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(3):

       

U.S.

     947        2       0.3  

Non-U.S.

     1,123        16       1.9  

Long-term debt(3):

       

U.S.

     152,684        2,781       2.4  

Non-U.S.

     14,388        53       0.5  

Trading liabilities(1):

       

U.S.

     33,844        —         —    

Non-U.S.

     61,083        —         —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(4)(5):

       

U.S.

     106,192        527       0.7  

Non-U.S.

     71,441        607       1.1  

Other:

       

U.S.

     96,583        (842     (1.2

Non-U.S.

     36,268        107       0.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 661,291      $ 3,377       0.7  
     

 

 

   

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

     167,095       
  

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 828,386       
  

 

 

      

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

      $ 496       —  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  179   LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following tables set forth an analysis of the effect on net interest income of volume and rate changes:

 

     Three Months Ended September 30, 2014 versus
Three Months Ended September 30, 2013
 
   Increase (decrease) due to
change in:
       
   Volume     Rate     Net Change  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest earning assets

      

Trading Assets:

      

U.S.

   $ (45   $ 17     $ (28

Non-U.S.

     5       37       42  

Available for sale securities:

      

U.S.

     52       (1     51  

Loans:

      

U.S.

     152       28        180   

Non-U.S.

     (5     —         (5

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

      

U.S.

     (10     (2     (12

Non-U.S.

     (4     —         (4

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(5):

      

U.S.

     1       (108     (107

Non-U.S.

     (11     11       —    

Other:

      

U.S.

     23       (28     (5

Non-U.S.

     (29     40       11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in interest income

   $ 129     $ (6   $ 123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

      

Deposits:

      

U.S.

   $ 10     $ (42   $ (32

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

      

U.S.

     —         —         —    

Non-U.S.

     (2     (1     (3

Long-term debt:

      

U.S.

     2       (93     (91

Non-U.S.

     (10     9       (1

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5):

      

U.S.

     (37     20       (17

Non-U.S.

     (64     25       (39

Other:

      

U.S.

     (50     (84     (134

Non-U.S.

     10       (17     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in interest expense

   $ (141   $ (183   $ (324
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 270     $ 177     $ 447  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   180  


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 versus
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013
 
   Increase (decrease) due  to
change in:
       
           Volume                     Rate             Net Change  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest earning assets

      

Trading assets:

      

U.S.

   $ (220   $ (91   $ (311

Non-U.S.

     32       57       89  

Available for sale securities:

      

U.S.

     139       (7     132  

Loans:

      

U.S.

     407       32        439   

Non-U.S.

     (14     5       (9

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

      

U.S.

     9       (11     (2

Non-U.S.

     (6     —         (6

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(5):

      

U.S.

     10       (227     (217

Non-U.S.

     (19     21       2  

Other:

      

U.S.

     59        (103     (44

Non-U.S.

     (65     96       31  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in interest income

   $ 332     $ (228   $ 104  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

      

Deposits:

      

U.S.

   $ 46     $ (130   $ (84

Non-U.S.

     —         2       2  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

      

U.S.

     —         (1     (1

Non-U.S.

     (7     (7     (14

Long-term debt:

      

U.S.

     (172     77       (95

Non-U.S.

     (22     13       (9

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5):

      

U.S.

     (83     (28     (111

Non-U.S.

     (114     21       (93

Other:

      

U.S.

     (175     25       (150

Non-U.S.

     36       (13     23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in interest expense

   $ (491   $ (41   $ (532
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 823     $ (187   $ 636  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction of Interest income on Trading assets.
(2) Includes fees paid on securities borrowed.
(3) The Company also issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities, which are recorded within Trading revenues (see Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).
(4) Includes fees received on securities loaned.
(5) During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company identified that certain fees paid on securities borrowed which had been reported within Interest expense should have been reported within Interest income and that certain fees received on securities loaned which had been reported within Interest income should have been reported within Interest expense. The 2013 Form 10-K reflected the adjusted classification on a full year basis. To correct the corresponding 2013 quarterly periods to conform to the Form 10-K presentation, “Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned” and “Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed” were reduced by $46 million and $237 million for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. This adjustment had no impact on net interest income.

 

  181   LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II—Other Information.

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

In addition to the matters described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (the “Form 10-K”), the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2014 (the “First Quarter Form 10-Q”) and June 30, 2014 (the “Second Quarter Form 10-Q”), and those described below, in the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Company, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Company expects future litigation accruals in general to continue to be elevated and the changes in accruals from period to period may fluctuate significantly, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. The Company cannot predict with certainty if, how or when such proceedings or investigations will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such proceedings and investigations will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such proceedings or investigations could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular period depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’s revenues or income for such period.

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by government and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Company expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief and, while the Company has identified below certain proceedings that the Company believes to be material, individually or collectively, there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be material.

 

LOGO   182  


Table of Contents

The following developments have occurred with respect to certain matters previously reported in the Form 10-K, the First Quarter Form 10-Q, and the Second Quarter Form 10-Q or concern new actions that have been filed since the Second Quarter Form 10-Q:

Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters.

Regulatory and Governmental Matters.

The Company is continuing to respond to subpoenas, requests for information and potential legal claims from certain federal and state regulatory and governmental entities, including among others various members of the RMBS Working Group of the Financial Fraud Enforcement Task Force (“RMBS Working Group”), such as the United States Department of Justice, Civil Division and several state Attorney General’s Offices, concerning the origination, financing, purchase, securitization and servicing of subprime and non-subprime residential mortgages and related matters such as residential mortgages backed securities (“RMBS”), collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), structured investment vehicles (“SIVs”) and credit default swaps backed by or referencing mortgage pass through certificates. These matters, some of which are in advanced stages, include, but are not limited to, investigations related to the Company’s due diligence on loans that it purchased for securitization, the Company’s communications with ratings agencies, the Company’s disclosures to investors, and the Company’s handling of servicing and foreclosure related issues.

On September 16, 2014, the Virginia Attorney General’s Office filed a civil lawsuit against the Company and several other defendants in the Circuit Court of the Commonwealth of Virginia related to RMBS. The lawsuit alleges that the Company and the other defendants knowingly made misrepresentations and omissions related to the loans backing RMBS purchased by the Virginia Retirement System (“VRS”). The complaint alleges VRS suffered total losses of approximately $384 million on these securities, but does not specify the amount of alleged losses attributable to RMBS sponsored or underwritten by the Company. The complaint asserts claims under the Virginia Fraud Against Taxpayers Act, as well as common law claims of actual and constructive fraud, and seeks, among other things, treble damages and civil penalties.

On October 7, 2014, the Illinois Attorney General’s Office (“IL AG”) sent a letter to the Company alleging that the Company knowingly made misrepresentations related to RMBS purchased by certain pension funds affiliated with the State of Illinois and demanding that the Company pay the IL AG approximately $88 million. The Company does not agree with these allegations and is seeking a meeting with the IL AG to present its defenses.

Class Actions.

On September 4, 2014, the court presiding in In re Morgan Stanley ERISA Litigation and Coulter v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al. denied plaintiffs’ motion to vacate the May 2014 decision by the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirming the dismissals of the two actions.

On September 10, 2014, the court in In re Morgan Stanley Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates Litigation granted preliminary approval of the parties’ settlement. A final approval hearing is scheduled for December 18, 2014.

On September 30, 2014, the court in In re IndyMac Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation granted preliminary approval of the parties’ settlement and set a final approval hearing for February 3, 2015.

Other Litigation.

On October 7, 2014, the court in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as Receiver for Franklin Bank S.S.B v. Morgan Stanley & Company LLC F/K/A Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. denied the Company’s motion for reconsideration of the court’s order denying its motion for summary judgment and granted its motion for reconsideration of the court’s order denying permission for interlocutory appeal. On October 22, 2014, the Company filed a petition for permissive interlocutory appeal with the appellate court. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in March 2015.

 

  183   LOGO


Table of Contents

On August 8, 2014, the court in Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss. On September 3, 2014, the Company filed its answer to the complaint.

On September 25, 2014, the court in Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss.

On August 8, 2014, the court in Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss. On September 3, 2014, the Company filed its answer to the complaint.

On August 29, 2014, the Company filed its answer to the complaint in Bank Hapoalim B.M. v. Morgan Stanley et al. On September 18, 2014, the Company filed a notice of appeal from the ruling denying defendants’ motion to dismiss.

On August 4, 2014, claims regarding two certificates in Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al. were dismissed by stipulation. On October 13, 2014, the Company filed its answer to the complaint.

On October 30, 2014, the court in IKB International S.A. in Liquidation, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss.

On September 30, 2014, the court in National Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al. denied defendants’ motion for reconsideration of the court’s order on the motion to dismiss the complaint or, in the alternative, for certification of interlocutory appeal and a stay of all proceedings.

On September 19, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of New York”) styled Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the NIM breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest.

On September 19, 2014, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee of Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC4, filed a summons with notice against the Company in the Supreme Court of New York styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor-by-merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. The notice asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The notice seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory or equitable damages, indemnification, and interest.

On September 23, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of New York styled Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and interest.

 

LOGO   184  


Table of Contents

Matters Related to the CDS Market.

On September 4, 2014, the court in In Re: Credit Default Swaps Antitrust Litigation granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second amended complaint.

 

  185   LOGO


Table of Contents
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Company of its common stock during the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Period

   Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
     Average Price
Paid Per
Share
     Total Number of
Shares Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs(C)
     Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs
 

Month #1

           

(July 1, 2014—July 31, 2014)

           

Share Repurchase Program(A)

     1,282,500       $ 33.03         1,282,500       $ 733   

Employee Transactions(B)

     197,800       $ 32.60         —          —    

Month #2

           

(August 1, 2014—August 31, 2014)

           

Share Repurchase Program(A)

     3,005,341       $ 32.18         3,005,341       $ 636   

Employee Transactions(B)

     88,519       $ 33.19         —          —    

Month #3

           

(September 1, 2014—September 30, 2014)

           

Share Repurchase Program(A)

     1,615,368       $ 34.81         1,615,368       $ 580   

Employee Transactions(B)

     108,386       $ 34.75         —          —    

Total

           

Share Repurchase Program(A)

     5,903,209       $ 33.08         5,903,209       $ 580   

Employee Transactions(B)

     394,705       $ 33.33         —          —    

 

(A) On December 19, 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Company’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. In March 2014, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to repurchase up to $1 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock beginning in the second quarter of 2014 through the end of the first quarter of 2015 under the Company’s 2014 capital plan. During the quarter ended September 30, 2014, the Company repurchased approximately $195 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its Share Repurchase Program. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management” in Part I, Item 2.
(B) Includes: (1) shares delivered or attested in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holders of employee and director stock options (granted under employee and director stock compensation plans) who exercised options; (2) shares withheld, delivered or attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon vesting and release of restricted shares; (3) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon the delivery of outstanding shares underlying restricted stock units, and (4) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset the cash payment for fractional shares. The Company’s employee and director stock compensation plans provide that the value of the shares withheld, delivered or attested shall be valued using the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the relevant transaction occurs, using a valuation methodology established by the Company.
(C) Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Company deems appropriate, and may be suspended at any time.

 

Item 6. Exhibits.

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this Report on Page E-1.

 

LOGO   186  


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(Registrant)

By:   /s/ RUTH PORAT
 

Ruth Porat

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

By:   /s/ PAUL C. WIRTH
 

Paul C. Wirth

Deputy Chief Financial Officer

Date: November 4, 2014

 

  187   LOGO


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

MORGAN STANLEY

Quarter Ended September 30, 2014

 

Exhibit No.

    

Description

    3.1       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit 3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009), as amended by the Certificate of Elimination of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (Exhibit 3.1 Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 20, 2011), as amended by the Certificate of Merger of Domestic Corporations dated December 29, 2011 (Exhibit 3.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E (Exhibit 2.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated September 27, 2013), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non- Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F (Exhibit 2.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated December 9, 2013), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the 6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G (Exhibit 2.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated April 28, 2014), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non- Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H (Exhibits 3.2 and 4.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-K dated April 29, 2014), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I (Exhibit 2.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated September 17, 2014).
    10.1       Amendment to Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan, dated as of September 29, 2014.
    10.2       Morgan Stanley Schedule of Non-Employee Directors Annual Compensation, effective as of August 1, 2014.
  12         Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
  15         Letter of awareness from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated November 4, 2014, concerning unaudited interim financial information.
    31.1       Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
    31.2       Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
    32.1       Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
    32.2       Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
  101         Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income—Three Months and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Three Months and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, (v) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, and (vi) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

 

  E-1   LOGO